ML15259A396: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(8 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 2: Line 2:
| number = ML15259A396
| number = ML15259A396
| issue date = 09/16/2015
| issue date = 09/16/2015
| title = Watts Bar 2015-301 Draft Administrative JPMs
| title = 301 Draft Administrative JPMs
| author name =  
| author name =  
| author affiliation = NRC/RGN-II/DRS
| author affiliation = NRC/RGN-II/DRS
Line 15: Line 15:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:2015301NRCEXAMAdministrativeJPM1R WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-R 2015-301 NRC EXAM Page 2 of 13  EVALUATION SHEET Task: DETERMINE LICENSE STATUS ACTIVE OR INACTIVE. Alternate Path: n/a Facility JPM #: Modified. Safety Function: N/A Title: Conduct of Operations. K/A 2.1.4 Knowledge of individual licensed operator responsibilities related to shift staffing, such as medical requirements, no-solo operation, maintenance of active license status, 10CFR55, etc. Rating(s): 3.3/3.8 CFR: 41.10/43.2   Evaluation Method: Simulator In-Plant Classroom X
{{#Wiki_filter:Watts Bar Nuclear Plant 2015301 NRC EXAM Administrative JPM 1R
 
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-R 2015-301 NRC EXAM EVALUATION SHEET Task:               DETERMINE LICENSE STATUS ACTIVE OR INACTIVE.
Alternate Path:     n/a Facility JPM #:     Modified.
Safety Function:     N/A
 
==Title:==
Conduct of Operations.
K/A         2.1.4         Knowledge of individual licensed operator responsibilities related to shift staffing, such as medical requirements, no-solo operation, maintenance of active license status, 10CFR55, etc.
Rating(s):   3.3/3.8       CFR:       41.10/43.2 Evaluation Method:     Simulator                 In-Plant                   Classroom           X


==References:==
==References:==
OPDP-10, License Status Maintenance, Reactivation and Proficiency for Non-Licensed Positions , Rev. 8. Task Number: RO-119-PAI-2.07-001 Title: Maintain active NRC License Task Standard: Applicant reviews data provided and determines: 1. RO A is INACTIVE. 2. RO B is ACTIVE. 3. RO C is ACTIVE. Validation Time: 15 minutes Time Critical:   Yes No X ========================================================================================= Applicant: ___________________________ _________________ Time Start:   ________ NAME Docket No. Time Finish: ________   Performance Rating:   SAT ____ UNSAT ____ Performance Time ___     Examiner: _____________________________ _____________________________/________ NAME SIGNATURE DATE ========================================================================================== COMMENTS WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-R 2015-301 NRC EXAM  Page 3 of 13  Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:  Laptop Computer. NRC REFERENCE DISK. *NOTE: This JPM is designed to be performed in a classroom with procedures available to the applicant via a laptop computer loaded with the NRC REFERENCE DISK.
OPDP-10, License Status Maintenance, Reactivation and Proficiency for Non-Licensed Positions , Rev. 8.
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-R 2015-301 NRC EXAM  Page 4 of 13   DIRECTIONS TO APPLICANT  DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:  I will explain the initial conditions and state the task to be performed. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the cue sheet I provided you. INITIAL CONDITIONS: Three (3) Reactor Operators (ROs) have the following history:  Reactor Operators A and C obtained their NRC License in 2012. Reactor Operator B was issued  a license on January 15, 2015  All perform off-shift assignments at the plant. All are current in License Operator Requalification Training. LMS demonstrates associated medical requirements of OPDP-10 have been met for each RO. None of the three (3) has worked any shift since March 15, 2015. The ACTIVE/INACTIVE status and time on shift since January 1, 2015 is as follows for each of the ROs: REACTOR OPERATOR - A License was ACTIVE on January 1, 2015 01/02/15 Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 01/03/15 Worked 0700-1700 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 01/04/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 01/05/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 02/26/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. REACTOR OPERATOR - B License was ISSUED on January 15, 2015 02/01/15 Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 CRO. 02/02/15 Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 02/14/15 Worked 1900-0700 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 03/02/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift in the Tagging Office. REACTOR OPERATOR - C License was ACTIVE on January 1, 2015 01/07/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 01/08/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 01/09/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 01/10/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 02/28/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 CRO.
Task Number:     RO-119-PAI-2.07-001
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-R 2015-301 NRC EXAM  Page 5 of 13  INITIATING CUES: You are to determine if each of the RO's Licenses is ACTIVE or INACTIVE as of 0700 on April 1, 2015. Circle your answer in the statements provided below: RO A's License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE. RO B's License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE. RO C's License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.
 
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-R 2015-301 NRC EXAM  STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT  Page 6 of 13  START TIME: _______ STEP 1.: Determine the ACTIVE / INACTIVE status of RO A's license STANDARD:  The Applicant determines the license is INACTIVE due to the following reasons: (Critical) The RO DID NOT work the required qualified 5 twelve hour shifts in a license position during the previous quarter. OPDP-10, 3.2.2.B. To be granted credit for a shift, the individual shall be present from shift turnover though shift turnover. The shift period is defined by the schedule worked by the rotating shift crews. Either 12-hour or 8-hour shifts is the normal. Step is critical to ensure an RO with an inactive license does not perform license duties COMMENTS:   
==Title:==
Maintain active NRC License Task Standard:
Applicant reviews data provided and determines:
: 1. RO A is INACTIVE.
: 2. RO B is ACTIVE.
: 3. RO C is ACTIVE.
Validation Time:         15     minutes               Time Critical:       Yes           No   X
=========================================================================================
Applicant:   ___________________________             _________________     Time Start: ________
NAME                         Docket No.       Time Finish: ________
Performance Rating: SAT ____ UNSAT ____                                     Performance Time ___
Examiner: _____________________________               _____________________________/________
NAME                                     SIGNATURE                 DATE
==========================================================================================
COMMENTS Page 2 of 13


CRITICAL STEP    ___ SAT
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-R 2015-301 NRC EXAM Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
___ UNSAT
* Laptop Computer.
* NRC REFERENCE DISK.
*NOTE: This JPM is designed to be performed in a classroom with procedures available to the applicant via a laptop computer loaded with the NRC REFERENCE DISK.
Page 3 of 13


WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-R 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT  Page 7 of 13  STEP 2.: Determine the ACTIVE / INACTIVE status of RO B's license STANDARD:  The Applicant determines the license is ACTIVE due to the following reasons: (Critical) In accordance with OPDP-10, 3.2.1. F, When a licensee is issued a new NRC License number, the licensee is immediately active. The licensee is not required to perform 40 hours Under Instruction that calendar quarter and is not required to stand five 12-hour shifts or seven 8-hour shifts in the calendar quarter that the new license number was issued. The licensee must stand the required shifts in the next calendar quarter to maintain an active license. Step is critical to ensure an RO with an inactive license does not perform license duties COMMENTS: 
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-R 2015-301 NRC EXAM DIRECTIONS TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions and state the task to be performed. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the cue sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Three (3) Reactor Operators (ROs) have the following history:
* Reactor Operators A and C obtained their NRC License in 2012.
* Reactor Operator B was issued a license on January 15, 2015
* All perform off-shift assignments at the plant.
* All are current in License Operator Requalification Training.
* LMS demonstrates associated medical requirements of OPDP-10 have been met for each RO.
* None of the three (3) has worked any shift since March 15, 2015.
The ACTIVE/INACTIVE status and time on shift since January 1, 2015 is as follows for each of the ROs:
REACTOR OPERATOR - A License was ACTIVE on January 1, 2015 01/02/15              Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
01/03/15              Worked 0700-1700 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
01/04/15              Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
01/05/15              Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
02/26/15              Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
REACTOR OPERATOR - B License was ISSUED on January 15, 2015 02/01/15              Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 CRO.
02/02/15              Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
02/14/15              Worked 1900-0700 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
03/02/15              Worked 0700-1900 shift in the Tagging Office.
REACTOR OPERATOR - C License was ACTIVE on January 1, 2015 01/07/15              Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
01/08/15              Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
01/09/15              Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
01/10/15              Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
02/28/15              Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 CRO.
Page 4 of 13


CRITICAL STEP  ___ SAT
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-R 2015-301 NRC EXAM INITIATING CUES:
___ UNSAT
You are to determine if each of the ROs Licenses is ACTIVE or INACTIVE as of 0700 on April 1, 2015.
Circle your answer in the statements provided below:
RO As License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.
RO Bs License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.
RO Cs License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.
Page 5 of 13


WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-R 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT Page 8 of 13  STEP 3.: Determine the ACTIVE / INACTIVE status of RO C's license STANDARD: The Applicant determines the license is ACTIVE due to the following reasons: (Critical) On 01/08/15, the 1 hour time to attend the pre-job brief COUNTS as actively performing the functions of an operator, so all of the hours for the shift are courted. Assisting an AUO in the performance of a surveillance procedure DOES count as licensed duties. Credit towards license maintenance would be given for this period. Step is critical to ensure an RO with an inactive license does not perform license duties. COMMENTS:
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-R 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD                                     SAT/UNSAT START TIME: _______
STEP 1.:         Determine the ACTIVE / INACTIVE status of RO As license       CRITICAL STANDARD:                                                                         STEP The Applicant determines the license is INACTIVE due to the following       ___ SAT reasons: (Critical)
The RO DID NOT work the required qualified 5 twelve hour shifts in a            ___ UNSAT license position during the previous quarter.
OPDP-10, 3.2.2.B. To be granted credit for a shift, the individual shall be present from shift turnover though shift turnover. The shift period is defined by the schedule worked by the rotating shift crews. Either 12-hour or 8-hour shifts is the normal.
Step is critical to ensure an RO with an inactive license does not perform license duties COMMENTS:
Page 6 of 13


END OF TASK CRITICAL STEP   ___ SAT
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-R 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD                                      SAT/UNSAT STEP 2.:        Determine the ACTIVE / INACTIVE status of RO Bs                CRITICAL license                                                          STEP STANDARD:
___ UNSAT  
___ SAT The Applicant determines the license is ACTIVE due to the following reasons: (Critical)                                                        ___ UNSAT In accordance with OPDP-10, 3.2.1. F, When a licensee is issued a new NRC License number, the licensee is immediately active. The licensee is not required to perform 40 hours Under Instruction that calendar quarter and is not required to stand five 12-hour shifts or seven 8-hour shifts in the calendar quarter that the new license number was issued. The licensee must stand the required shifts in the next calendar quarter to maintain an active license.
Step is critical to ensure an RO with an inactive license does not perform license duties COMMENTS:
Page 7 of 13


STOP TIME ________
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-R 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD                                SAT/UNSAT STEP 3.:        Determine the ACTIVE / INACTIVE status of RO Cs license  CRITICAL STANDARD:                                                                    STEP The Applicant determines the license is ACTIVE due to the following  ___ SAT reasons: (Critical)
1-R  Key 
On 01/08/15, the 1 hour time to attend the pre-job brief COUNTS as        ___ UNSAT actively performing the functions of an operator, so all of the hours for the shift are courted.
Assisting an AUO in the performance of a surveillance procedure DOES count as licensed duties. Credit towards license maintenance would be given for this period.
Step is critical to ensure an RO with an inactive license does not perform license duties.
COMMENTS:
END OF TASK STOP TIME ________
Page 8 of 13


DO NOT HAND TO APPLICANT You are to determine if each of the RO's Licenses is ACTIVE or INACTIVE as of 0700 on April 1, 2015.
1-R Key DO NOT HAND TO APPLICANT


You are to determine if each of the ROs Licenses is ACTIVE or INACTIVE as of 0700 on April 1, 2015.
Circle your answer in the statements provided below.
Circle your answer in the statements provided below.
RO A's License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.
RO As License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.
RO B's License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.
RO Bs License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.
RO C's License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.
RO Cs License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.
1-R 


Handout Package for Applicant APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK) 1-R INITIAL CONDITIONS: Three (3) Reactor Operators (ROs) have the following history: Reactor Operators A and C obtained their NRC License in 2012. Reactor Operator B was issued a license on January 15, 2015 All perform off-shift assignments at the plant. All are current in License Operator Requalification Training. LMS demonstrates associated medical requirements of OPDP-10 have been met for each RO. None of the three (3) has worked any shift since March 15, 2015. The ACTIVE/INACTIVE status and time on shift since January 1, 2015 is as follows for each of the ROs: REACTOR OPERATOR - A License was ACTIVE on January 1, 2015 01/02/15 Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 01/03/15 Worked 0700-1700 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 01/04/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 01/05/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 02/26/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. REACTOR OPERATOR - B License was ISSUED on January 15, 2015 02/01/15 Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 CRO. 02/02/15 Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 02/14/15 Worked 1900-0700 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 03/02/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift in the Tagging Office. REACTOR OPERATOR - C License was ACTIVE on January 1, 2015 01/07/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 01/08/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 01/09/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 01/10/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 02/28/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 CRO.
1-R Handout Package for Applicant
APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK) 1-R  INITIATING CUES: You are to determine if each of the RO's Licenses is ACTIVE or INACTIVE as of 0700 on April 1, 2015. Circle your answer in the statements provided below: RO A's License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE. RO B's License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE. RO C's License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.
 
2015301NRCEXAMAdministrativeJPM1S WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-S 2015-301 NRC EXAM Page 2 of 13  EVALUATION SHEET Task: DETERMINE LICENSE STATUS ACTIVE OR INACTIVE. Alternate Path: n/a Facility JPM #: Modified Safety Function: N/A Title: Conduct of Operations. K/A 2.1.4 Knowledge of individual licensed operator responsibilities related to shift staffing, such as medical requirements, "no-solo" operation, maintenance of active license status, 10CFR55, etc. Rating(s): 3.3/3.8 CFR: 41.10/43.2   Evaluation Method: Simulator In-Plant Classroom X
APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Three (3) Reactor Operators (ROs) have the following history:
* Reactor Operators A and C obtained their NRC License in 2012.
* Reactor Operator B was issued a license on January 15, 2015
* All perform off-shift assignments at the plant.
* All are current in License Operator Requalification Training.
* LMS demonstrates associated medical requirements of OPDP-10 have been met for each RO.
* None of the three (3) has worked any shift since March 15, 2015.
The ACTIVE/INACTIVE status and time on shift since January 1, 2015 is as follows for each of the ROs:
REACTOR OPERATOR - A License was ACTIVE on January 1, 2015 01/02/15           Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
01/03/15           Worked 0700-1700 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
01/04/15           Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
01/05/15           Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
02/26/15           Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
REACTOR OPERATOR - B License was ISSUED on January 15, 2015 02/01/15           Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 CRO.
02/02/15           Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
02/14/15           Worked 1900-0700 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
03/02/15           Worked 0700-1900 shift in the Tagging Office.
REACTOR OPERATOR - C License was ACTIVE on January 1, 2015 01/07/15           Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
01/08/15           Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
01/09/15           Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
01/10/15           Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
02/28/15           Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 CRO.
1-R
 
APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIATING CUES:
You are to determine if each of the ROs Licenses is ACTIVE or INACTIVE as of 0700 on April 1, 2015.
Circle your answer in the statements provided below:
RO As License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.
RO Bs License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.
RO Cs License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.
1-R
 
Watts Bar Nuclear Plant 2015301 NRC EXAM Administrative JPM 1S
 
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-S 2015-301 NRC EXAM EVALUATION SHEET Task:               DETERMINE LICENSE STATUS ACTIVE OR INACTIVE.
Alternate Path:     n/a Facility JPM #:     Modified Safety Function:     N/A
 
==Title:==
Conduct of Operations.
K/A         2.1.4         Knowledge of individual licensed operator responsibilities related to shift staffing, such as medical requirements, no-solo operation, maintenance of active license status, 10CFR55, etc.
Rating(s):   3.3/3.8       CFR:       41.10/43.2 Evaluation Method:     Simulator                 In-Plant                   Classroom           X


==References:==
==References:==
OPDP-10, License Status Maintenance, Reactivation and Proficiency for Non-Licensed Positions , Rev. 8. Task Number: SRO-119-PAI-2.07-001 Title: Maintain active NRC License. Task Standard: Applicant reviews data provided and determines: 1. RO A is INACTIVE 2. RO B is ACTIVE 3. SRO C is ACTIVE  Validation Time:  15 minutes Time Critical:  Yes  No X ========================================================================================= Applicant: ___________________________ _________________ Time Start:    ________  NAME Docket No. Time Finish:  ________  Performance Rating:  SAT ____  UNSAT ____  Performance Time ___    Examiner: _____________________________ _____________________________/________  NAME  SIGNATURE DATE ==========================================================================================  COMMENTS WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-S 2015-301 NRC EXAM  Page 3 of 13  Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:  Laptop Computer. NRC REFERENCE DISK. *NOTE: This JPM is designed to be performed in a classroom with procedures available to the applicant via a laptop computer loaded with the NRC REFERENCE DISK.
OPDP-10, License Status Maintenance, Reactivation and Proficiency for Non-Licensed Positions , Rev. 8.
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-S 2015-301 NRC EXAM  Page 4 of 13  DIRECTIONS TO APPLICANT  DIRECTION TO APPLICANT: I will explain the initial conditions and state the task to be performed. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the cue sheet I provided you. INITIAL CONDITIONS: Three (3) Reactor Operators (ROs) have the following history:  Reactor Operator A an NRC License in 2012. Reactor Operator B was issued an NRC License on January 15, 2015. SRO C obtained their NRC License in 2011. All perform off-shift assignments at the plant. All are current in License Operator Requalification Training. LMS demonstrates associated medical requirements of OPDP-10 have been met for each operator. The ACTIVE/INACTIVE status and time on shift since January 1, 2015 is as follows for each of the ROs: REACTOR OPERATOR - A License was ACTIVE on January 1, 2015 01/02/15 Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 01/03/15 Worked 0700-1700 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 01/04/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 01/05/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 02/26/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. REACTOR OPERATOR - B License was ISSUED on January 15, 2015 02/01/15 Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 CRO. 02/02/15 Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 02/14/15 Worked 1900-0700 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 03/02/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift in the Tagging Office. SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR - C License was ACTIVE on January 1, 2015 01/01/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 US. 01/02/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 01/03/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 01/05/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 01/14/15 Worked 1900-0700 shift as Refueling SRO. 02/02/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
Task Number:     SRO-119-PAI-2.07-001
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-S 2015-301 NRC EXAM  Page 5 of 13  INITIATING CUES: You are to determine if each of the operators is ACTIVE or INACTIVE as of 0700 on April 1, 2015. Circle your answer in the statements provided below: RO A's License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE. RO B's License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE. RO C's License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-S 2015-301 NRC EXAM  STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT  Page 6 of 13  START TIME: _______ STEP 1.: Determine the ACTIVE / INACTIVE status of RO A's license  STANDARD:  The Applicant determines the license is INACTIVE due to the following reasons: (Critical) Per OPDP-10, Section 3.2.2, Nuclear Plant Requirements for Maintaining Active License Status, Item B. B. To be granted credit for a shift, the individual shall be present from shift turnover though shift turnover. The shift period is defined by the schedule worked by the rotating shift crews. Either 12-hour or 8-hour shifts is the normal. The operator DID NOT work the required qualified 5 twelve hour shifts in a license position during the previous quarter. On 1/08/15, the RO was not present on shift from shift turnover to shift turnover. On 1/07/15, the RO worked in the Tagging Office for which credit was not received. Step is critical to ensure an RO with an inactive license does not perform license duties. COMMENTS: 


CRITICAL STEP  ___ SAT
==Title:==
___ UNSAT
Maintain active NRC License.
Task Standard:
Applicant reviews data provided and determines:
: 1. RO A is INACTIVE
: 2. RO B is ACTIVE
: 3. SRO C is ACTIVE Validation Time:          15    minutes              Time Critical:      Yes          No    X
=========================================================================================
Applicant:    ___________________________              _________________    Time Start: ________
NAME                        Docket No.        Time Finish: ________
Performance Rating: SAT ____ UNSAT ____                                      Performance Time ___
Examiner: _____________________________                _____________________________/________
NAME                                      SIGNATURE                  DATE
==========================================================================================
COMMENTS Page 2 of 13


WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-S 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT  Page 7 of 13  STEP 2.: Determine the ACTIVE / INACTIVE status of RO B's license  STANDARD:  The Applicant determines the license is ACTIVE due to the following reasons: (Critical) Per OPDP-10, Section 3.2.1, ACTIVE LICENSE STATUS MAINTENANCE, Item C. When a licensee is issued a new NRC License number, the licensee is immediately active. The licensee is not required to perform 40 hours Under Instruction that calendar quarter and is not required to stand five (5) 12 hour shifts (or seven (7) eight hour shifts) in the calendar quarter that the new license number was issued. The licensee must stand five (5) 12 hour shifts (or seven (7) eight hour shifts) in the next calendar quarter to maintain an active license. Step is critical to ensure an RO with an inactive license does not perform license duties. COMMENTS:   
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-S 2015-301 NRC EXAM Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
* Laptop Computer.
* NRC REFERENCE DISK.
*NOTE: This JPM is designed to be performed in a classroom with procedures available to the applicant via a laptop computer loaded with the NRC REFERENCE DISK.
Page 3 of 13


CRITICAL STEP    ___ SAT
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-S 2015-301 NRC EXAM DIRECTIONS TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
___ UNSAT
I will explain the initial conditions and state the task to be performed. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the cue sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Three (3) Reactor Operators (ROs) have the following history:
* Reactor Operator A an NRC License in 2012.
* Reactor Operator B was issued an NRC License on January 15, 2015.
* SRO C obtained their NRC License in 2011.
* All perform off-shift assignments at the plant.
* All are current in License Operator Requalification Training.
* LMS demonstrates associated medical requirements of OPDP-10 have been met for each operator.
The ACTIVE/INACTIVE status and time on shift since January 1, 2015 is as follows for each of the ROs:
REACTOR OPERATOR - A License was ACTIVE on January 1, 2015 01/02/15              Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
01/03/15              Worked 0700-1700 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
01/04/15              Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
01/05/15              Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
02/26/15              Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
REACTOR OPERATOR - B License was ISSUED on January 15, 2015 02/01/15              Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 CRO.
02/02/15              Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
02/14/15              Worked 1900-0700 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
03/02/15              Worked 0700-1900 shift in the Tagging Office.
SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR - C License was ACTIVE on January 1, 2015 01/01/15              Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 US.
01/02/15              Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
01/03/15              Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
01/05/15              Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
01/14/15              Worked 1900-0700 shift as Refueling SRO.
02/02/15              Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
Page 4 of 13


WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-S 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT  Page 8 of 13  STEP 3.: Determine the ACTIVE / INACTIVE status of SRO C's license  STANDARD:  The Applicant determines the license is ACTIVE due to the following reasons: (Critical) Per OPDP-10, Section 3.1 ACTIVE LICENSE STATUS MAINTENANCE, Item A: A. To maintain an active status, the licensee shall actively perform the functions of an operator or senior operator for a minimum of seven 8 hour shifts a calendar quarter or five 12 hour shifts a calendar quarter in a position credited for watch-standing proficiency. To maintain the supervisory portion of a SRO license active, a SRO must stand at least one complete watch (8 or 12 hour shift) per calendar quarter in a shift crew position credited for SRO-only supervisory licensed duties. It is the licensee's responsibility to maintain cognizance of his/her license status. The remainder of complete watches (to meet the required minimum of seven 8-hour or five 12-hour shifts per calendar quarter) may be performed in either a credited SRO or RO position. SRO C stood one 12-hour shift in the credited Unit Supervisor position, thus maintaining the supervisory portion of the license. SRO C stood an additional 4 12-hour shifts in the RO position of OAC. SRO C stood one 12-hour shift as the Refueling SRO position, thus for which credit was not given. Step is critical to ensure an SRO with an inactive license does not perform license duties. COMMENTS: 
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-S 2015-301 NRC EXAM INITIATING CUES:
You are to determine if each of the operators is ACTIVE or INACTIVE as of 0700 on April 1, 2015.
Circle your answer in the statements provided below:
RO As License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.
RO Bs License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.
RO Cs License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.
Page 5 of 13


CRITICAL STEP   ___ SAT
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-S 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD                                      SAT/UNSAT START TIME: _______
___ UNSAT  
STEP 1.:        Determine the ACTIVE / INACTIVE status of RO As license        CRITICAL STANDARD:                                                                          STEP The Applicant determines the license is INACTIVE due to the following      ___ SAT reasons: (Critical)
Per OPDP-10, Section 3.2.2, Nuclear Plant Requirements for Maintaining          ___ UNSAT Active License Status, Item B.
B. To be granted credit for a shift, the individual shall be present from shift turnover though shift turnover. The shift period is defined by the schedule worked by the rotating shift crews. Either 12-hour or 8-hour shifts is the normal.
The operator DID NOT work the required qualified 5 twelve hour shifts in a license position during the previous quarter.
On 1/08/15, the RO was not present on shift from shift turnover to shift turnover.
On 1/07/15, the RO worked in the Tagging Office for which credit was not received.
Step is critical to ensure an RO with an inactive license does not perform license duties.
COMMENTS:
Page 6 of 13


WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-S 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD                                      SAT/UNSAT STEP 2.:        Determine the ACTIVE / INACTIVE status of RO Bs license          CRITICAL STANDARD:                                                                          STEP The Applicant determines the license is ACTIVE due to the following          ___ SAT reasons: (Critical)
Per OPDP-10, Section 3.2.1, ACTIVE LICENSE STATUS MAINTENANCE,                    ___ UNSAT Item C. When a licensee is issued a new NRC License number, the licensee is immediately active. The licensee is not required to perform 40 hours Under Instruction that calendar quarter and is not required to stand five (5) 12 hour shifts (or seven (7) eight hour shifts) in the calendar quarter that the new license number was issued. The licensee must stand five (5) 12 hour shifts (or seven (7) eight hour shifts) in the next calendar quarter to maintain an active license.
Step is critical to ensure an RO with an inactive license does not perform license duties.
COMMENTS:
Page 7 of 13
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-S 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD                                  SAT/UNSAT STEP 3.:        Determine the ACTIVE / INACTIVE status of SRO Cs            CRITICAL license                                                        STEP STANDARD:
___ SAT The Applicant determines the license is ACTIVE due to the following reasons: (Critical)                                                      ___ UNSAT Per OPDP-10, Section 3.1 ACTIVE LICENSE STATUS MAINTENANCE, Item A:
A. To maintain an active status, the licensee shall actively perform the functions of an operator or senior operator for a minimum of seven 8 hour shifts a calendar quarter or five 12 hour shifts a calendar quarter in a position credited for watch-standing proficiency. To maintain the supervisory portion of a SRO license active, a SRO must stand at least one complete watch (8 or 12 hour shift) per calendar quarter in a shift crew position credited for SRO-only supervisory licensed duties. It is the licensees responsibility to maintain cognizance of his/her license status.
The remainder of complete watches (to meet the required minimum of seven 8-hour or five 12-hour shifts per calendar quarter) may be performed in either a credited SRO or RO position.
SRO C stood one 12-hour shift in the credited Unit Supervisor position, thus maintaining the supervisory portion of the license. SRO C stood an additional 4 12-hour shifts in the RO position of OAC.
SRO C stood one 12-hour shift as the Refueling SRO position, thus for which credit was not given.
Step is critical to ensure an SRO with an inactive license does not perform license duties.
COMMENTS:
STOP TIME ________
STOP TIME ________
1-S  Key 
Page 8 of 13


DO NOT HAND TO APPLICANT You are to determine if each of the Operator's Licenses is ACTIVE or INACTIVE as of 0700 on April 1, 2015.
1-S Key DO NOT HAND TO APPLICANT


You are to determine if each of the Operators Licenses is ACTIVE or INACTIVE as of 0700 on April 1, 2015.
Circle your answer in the statements provided below:
Circle your answer in the statements provided below:
RO A's License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE RO B's License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE SRO C's License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE 1-S 
RO As License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE RO Bs License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE SRO Cs License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE


Handout Package for Applicant APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK) 1-S INITIAL CONDITIONS: Three (3) Reactor Operators (ROs) have the following history: Reactor Operator A an NRC License in 2012. Reactor Operator B was issued an NRC License on January 15, 2015. SRO C obtained their NRC License in 2011. All perform off-shift assignments at the plant. All are current in License Operator Requalification Training. LMS demonstrates associated medical requirements of OPDP-10 have been met for each operator. The ACTIVE/INACTIVE status and time on shift since January 1, 2015 is as follows for each of the ROs: REACTOR OPERATOR - A License was ACTIVE on January 1, 2015 01/02/15 Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 01/03/15 Worked 0700-1700 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 01/04/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 01/05/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 02/26/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. REACTOR OPERATOR - B License was ISSUED on January 15, 2015 02/01/15 Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 CRO. 02/02/15 Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 02/14/15 Worked 1900-0700 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 03/02/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift in the Tagging Office. SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR - C License was ACTIVE on January 1, 2015 01/01/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 US. 01/02/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 01/03/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 01/05/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC. 01/14/15 Worked 1900-0700 shift as Refueling SRO. 02/02/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
1-S Handout Package for Applicant
APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK) 1-S INITIATING CUES: You are to determine if each of the operators is ACTIVE or INACTIVE as of 0700 on April 1, 2015. Circle your answer in the statements provided below: RO A's License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE. RO B's License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE. RO C's License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.
 
2015301NRCEXAMAdministrativeJPM2 WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2 2015-301 NRC EXAM EVALUATION SHEET Task: PERFORM RCS DEBORATION CALCULATION. Alternate Path: n/a Facility JPM #: New Safety Function: N/A Title: Equipment Control. K/A 2.1.25 Ability to interpret reference materials, such as graphs, curves, tables, etc. Rating(s): 3.9/4.2 CFR: 41.10/45.13   Evaluation Method: Simulator In-Plant Classroom X
APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Three (3) Reactor Operators (ROs) have the following history:
* Reactor Operator A an NRC License in 2012.
* Reactor Operator B was issued an NRC License on January 15, 2015.
* SRO C obtained their NRC License in 2011.
* All perform off-shift assignments at the plant.
* All are current in License Operator Requalification Training.
* LMS demonstrates associated medical requirements of OPDP-10 have been met for each operator.
The ACTIVE/INACTIVE status and time on shift since January 1, 2015 is as follows for each of the ROs:
REACTOR OPERATOR - A License was ACTIVE on January 1, 2015 01/02/15           Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
01/03/15           Worked 0700-1700 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
01/04/15           Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
01/05/15           Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
02/26/15           Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
REACTOR OPERATOR - B License was ISSUED on January 15, 2015 02/01/15           Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 CRO.
02/02/15           Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
02/14/15           Worked 1900-0700 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
03/02/15           Worked 0700-1900 shift in the Tagging Office.
SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR - C License was ACTIVE on January 1, 2015 01/01/15           Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 US.
01/02/15           Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
01/03/15           Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
01/05/15           Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
01/14/15           Worked 1900-0700 shift as Refueling SRO.
02/02/15           Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.
1-S
 
APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIATING CUES:
You are to determine if each of the operators is ACTIVE or INACTIVE as of 0700 on April 1, 2015.
Circle your answer in the statements provided below:
RO As License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.
RO Bs License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.
RO Cs License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.
1-S
 
Watts Bar Nuclear Plant 2015301 NRC EXAM Administrative JPM 2
 
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2
2015-301 NRC EXAM EVALUATION SHEET Task:               PERFORM RCS DEBORATION CALCULATION.
Alternate Path:     n/a Facility JPM #:     New Safety Function:     N/A
 
==Title:==
Equipment Control.
K/A         2.1.25       Ability to interpret reference materials, such as graphs, curves, tables, etc.
Rating(s):   3.9/4.2       CFR:       41.10/45.13 Evaluation Method:     Simulator                 In-Plant                   Classroom         X


==References:==
==References:==
1-SOI-62.04, CVCS Purification System, Rev. 0001. 1-TI-59, Boron Tables, Rev. 0000 Task Number: RO-062-TI-59-001 Title: Perform boron concentration change calculations. Task Standard: Applicant calculates it will take 96 minutes (acceptable range 92 to 100 minutes) to reduce RCS boron concentration from 40 ppm to 35 ppm based on 1-SOI-62.04, CVCS Purification System, Appendix B, RCS Deboration Calculation and TI-59, Boron Tables. Validation Time: 15 minutes Time Critical:   Yes No X ========================================================================================= Applicant: ___________________________ _________________ Time Start:   ________ NAME Docket No. Time Finish: ________   Performance Rating:   SAT ____ UNSAT ____ Performance Time ___
1-SOI-62.04, CVCS Purification System, Rev. 0001.
Examiner: _____________________________ _____________________________/________ NAME SIGNATURE DATE ========================================================================================== COMMENTS         Page 2 of 10 WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2 2015-301 NRC EXAM Page 3 of 10  Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed: Laptop Computer. NRC REFERENCE DISK. *NOTE: This JPM is designed to be performed in a classroom with procedures available to the applicant via a laptop computer loaded with the NRC REFERENCE DISK.
1-TI-59, Boron Tables, Rev. 0000 Task Number:     RO-062-TI-59-001
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2 2015-301 NRC EXAM Page 4 of 10    DIRECTIONS TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT: I will explain the initial conditions and state the task to be performed. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the cue sheet I provided you. INITIAL CONDITIONS: 1. Unit 2 is performing pre-operational testing. 2. Unit 1 is in Mode 1 coasting down prior to refueling. 3. Current RCS CB is 40 ppm. 4. Current RCS temperature is 565 °F. 5. Mixed Bed A contains fresh, unborated resin.  
 
: 6. Maximum letdown flow will be used during this evolution. 7. You are an extra operator. INITIATING CUES: The Unit SRO has directed you to perform 1-SOI-62.04, CVCS Purification System, Appendix B RCS Deboration Calculation, to determine the time that CVCS Mixed Bed Demineralizer 'A' must be in service in order to reduce RCS boron concentration to 35 ppm.
==Title:==
Perform boron concentration change calculations.
Task Standard:
Applicant calculates it will take 96 minutes (acceptable range 92 to 100 minutes) to reduce RCS boron concentration from 40 ppm to 35 ppm based on 1-SOI-62.04, CVCS Purification System, Appendix B, RCS Deboration Calculation and TI-59, Boron Tables.
Validation Time:         15     minutes               Time Critical:       Yes         No     X
=========================================================================================
Applicant:   ___________________________               _________________     Time Start: ________
NAME                         Docket No.         Time Finish: ________
Performance Rating: SAT ____ UNSAT ____                                       Performance Time ___
Examiner: _____________________________                 _____________________________/________
NAME                                       SIGNATURE                 DATE
==========================================================================================
COMMENTS Page 2 of 10
 
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2
2015-301 NRC EXAM Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
* Laptop Computer.
* NRC REFERENCE DISK.
*NOTE: This JPM is designed to be performed in a classroom with procedures available to the applicant via a laptop computer loaded with the NRC REFERENCE DISK.
Page 3 of 10
 
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2
2015-301 NRC EXAM DIRECTIONS TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions and state the task to be performed. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the cue sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit 2 is performing pre-operational testing.
: 2. Unit 1 is in Mode 1 coasting down prior to refueling.
: 3. Current RCS CB is 40 ppm.
: 4. Current RCS temperature is 565 °F.
: 5. Mixed Bed A contains fresh, unborated resin.
: 6. Maximum letdown flow will be used during this evolution.
: 7. You are an extra operator.
INITIATING CUES:
The Unit SRO has directed you to perform 1-SOI-62.04, CVCS Purification System, Appendix B RCS Deboration Calculation, to determine the time that CVCS Mixed Bed Demineralizer A must be in service in order to reduce RCS boron concentration to 35 ppm.
Enter the results of your calculation here:
Enter the results of your calculation here:
TIME =________________________________.
TIME =________________________________.
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT Page 5 of 10  START TIME: _______ STEP 1: [1] INDICATE Mixed Bed for which this calculation is being performed (CHECK ONLY ONE.) Mixed Bed A __________ OR Mixed Bed B __________ STANDARD: From INITIAL CONDITIONS, the applicant checks Mixed Bed A.  
Page 4 of 10
 
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2
2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD                                     SAT/UNSAT START TIME: _______
STEP 1:       [1] INDICATE Mixed Bed for which this calculation is being       ___ SAT performed (CHECK ONLY ONE.)
___ UNSAT Mixed Bed A __________ OR Mixed Bed B __________
STANDARD:
From INITIAL CONDITIONS, the applicant checks Mixed Bed A.
COMMENTS:
NOTE This calculation is based on the Mixed Bed being a fresh unborated bed, all letdown flow being directed through the mixed bed being placed in service, and the following:
STEP 2:      [2] RECORD current RCS Temperature:                              ___ SAT
___ UNSAT STANDARD:
From INITIAL CONDITIONS, applicant records 565 °F as the current RCS temperature.
COMMENTS:
Page 5 of 10
 
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2
2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD                              SAT/UNSAT STEP 3:        [3] RECORD RCS Volume (V) based on current RCS Temp        CRITICAL using TI-59 (first page of App D through App N, as      STEP appropriate.)
___ SAT STANDARD:
___ UNSAT Applicant locates 1-TI-59, and selects Appendix K, and records 86212.4 as the RCS volume.
COMMENTS:
STEP 4:      [4] PERFORM the following calculation to estimate time in    CRITICAL service:                                                  STEP
___ SAT
___ UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant enters letdown flow of 120 gpm, since the INITIAL CONDITIONS requires letdown flow to be at maximum, and RCS volume of 86212.4 gallons. Applicant calculates time of 96 minutes (Acceptable Range 92 to 100 minutes.)
Applicant documents time on Handout Sheet.
COMMENTS:
END OF TASK STOP TIME ________
Page 6 of 10


COMMENTS: 
2 Key DO NOT HAND TO APPLICANT


___ SAT
2015-301NRC EXAM WBN                        CVCS Purification System                1-SOI-62.04 Unit 1                                                              Rev. 0001 Page 93 of 99 JPM 2 Appendix B (Page 1 of 1)
RCS Deboration Calculation
[1]      INDICATE Mixed Bed for which this Calculation is being performed (CHECK ONLY ONE.)
Mixed Bed A ________ X      OR Mixed Bed B ________
KEY  NOTE This calculation is based on the Mixed Bed being a fresh unborated bed, all letdown flow being directed through the mixed bed being placed in service, and the following:
QT Cf = Co e -  V Where:          Cf = Final Boron Concentration Co = Initial Boron Concentration Q = Mixed Bed Flow Rate (Letdown Flow in gpm)
V = RCS Volume at operating temperature (gals)
T = Time (minutes)
[2]      RECORD current RCS Temperature:
565
________RCS Temp
[3]      RECORD RCS Volume (V) based on current RCS Temp using TI-59 (first page of App D through App N, as appropriate.)
86212.4
________RCS Volume
[4]      PERFORM the following calculation to estimate time in service:
35          40        86212.4
                    -ln (Cf/Co) V                    -ln (________ppm/________ppm) ________gals Time =                              =
Q                                              120
____________gpm Time =      95.9338486 minutes Should round to 96 minutes
[5]      RECORD Mixed Bed Run times for which this Calculation is being performed (Times can be obtained from Attachment 1 for the associated demin).
1        2        3          4      5        6      7      8 Run time Total time Initials Acceptable Range:
Rounding of result of 35/40 from 0.875 to 0.87 results in a time of 100 minutes Rounding of result of 35/40 from 0.875 to 0.88 results in a time of 92 minutes


___ UNSAT
20150301 NRC EXAM WBN      Boron Tables              1-TI-59 Unit 1                              Rev. 0000 Page 80 of 104 JPM 2 Appendix K (Page 1 of 8)
Boron Tables For RCS At 565°F KEY


2 Handout Package for Applicant
APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit 2 is performing pre-operational testing.
: 2. Unit 1 is in Mode 1 coasting down prior to refueling.
: 3. Current RCS CB is 40 ppm.
: 4. Current RCS temperature is 565 °F.
: 5. Mixed Bed A contains fresh, unborated resin.
: 6. Maximum letdown flow will be used during this evolution.
: 7. You are an extra operator.
INITIATING CUES:
The Unit SRO has directed you to perform 1-SOI-62.04, CVCS Purification System, Appendix B RCS Deboration Calculation, to determine the time that CVCS Mixed Bed Demineralizer A must be in service in order to reduce RCS boron concentration to 35 ppm.
Enter the results of your calculation here:
TIME =________________________________.
2
WBN                        CVCS Purification System                1-SOI-62.04 Unit 1                                                              Rev. 0001 Page 93 of 99 Appendix B (Page 1 of 1)
RCS Deboration Calculation
[1]      INDICATE Mixed Bed for which this Calculation is being performed (CHECK ONLY ONE.)
Mixed Bed A ________ OR Mixed Bed B ________
NOTE This calculation is based on the Mixed Bed being a fresh unborated bed, all letdown flow being directed through the mixed bed being placed in service, and the following:
NOTE This calculation is based on the Mixed Bed being a fresh unborated bed, all letdown flow being directed through the mixed bed being placed in service, and the following:
STEP 2: [2] RECORD current RCS Temperature:
QT Cf = Co e -  V Where:         Cf = Final Boron Concentration Co = Initial Boron Concentration Q = Mixed Bed Flow Rate (Letdown Flow in gpm)
V = RCS Volume at operating temperature (gals)
T = Time (minutes)
[2]       RECORD current RCS Temperature:
________RCS Temp
[3]      RECORD RCS Volume (V) based on current RCS Temp using TI-59 (first page of App D through App N, as appropriate.)
________RCS Volume
[4]      PERFORM the following calculation to estimate time in service:
                    -ln (Cf/Co) V                    -ln (________ppm/________ppm) ________gals Time =                              =
Q                                        ____________gpm Time =    ______________ minutes
[5]      RECORD Mixed Bed Run times for which this Calculation is being performed (Times can be obtained from Attachment 1 for the associated demin).
1        2        3          4      5        6      7      8 Run time Total time Initials
 
Watts Bar Nuclear Plant 2015301 NRC EXAM Administrative JPM 3 R
 
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3R 2015-301 NRC EXAM Task:                CALCULATE QPTR AND EVALUATE RESULTS TO DETERMINE IF ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ARE MET.
Alternate Path:      n/a Facility JPM #:      Modified from 3-OT-JPMADA.2-1 Safety Function:    N/A
 
==Title:==
Equipment Control.
K/A          2.2.12        Knowledge of surveillance procedures.
Rating(s):  3.7/4.1      CFR:      41.10 / 45.13 Evaluation Method:      Simulator                In-Plant                  Classroom          X


==References:==
1-SI-0-21,Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference, Rev. 19; Nuclear Operating Book (NOB). A-2 Sheet 1 Rev. 129, Sheet 2 Rev. 128, Sheet 3 Rev. 129, Sheet 4 Rev 127.
Task Number:    RO-092-SI-2-001
==Title:==
Perform a QPTR calculation.
Task Standard:      The applicant:
: 1. Calculates Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio using 1-SI-0-21, Excore QPTR &
Axial Flux Difference, Attachment 1, QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents.
: 2. Evaluates results and concludes that the acceptance criterion for 1-SI-0-21, Shutdown Margin, Section 6.2, Conservative SDM Hand Calculation is NOT met for N-42 Upper Detector.
Validation Time:          15    minutes              Time Critical:      Yes          No    X
==============================================================================================
Applicant:    ___________________________            _________________    Time Start: ________
NAME                        Docket No.      Time Finish: ________
Performance Rating: SAT ____ UNSAT ____                                    Performance Time ___
Examiner: _____________________________              _____________________________/________
NAME                                    SIGNATURE                DATE
==============================================================================================
COMMENTS Page 2 of 17
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3R 2015-301 NRC EXAM Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
* Laptop Computer.
* NRC REFERENCE DISK.
*NOTE: This JPM is designed to be performed in a classroom with procedures available to the applicant via a laptop computer loaded with the NRC REFERENCE DISK.
Page 3 of 17
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3R 2015-301 NRC EXAM READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions and state the task to be performed. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the cue sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit 2 is conducting pre-operational testing.
: 2. Unit 1 is operating at 100% power.
: 3. AFD Monitor Alarm and QPTR alarms are out of service due to a card problem in the annunciator system.
: 4. 1-SI-0-21 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference is required to be performed every 12 hours since both QPTR alarms are inoperable.
: 5. Plant computer is not available.
: 6. M&TE will NOT be utilized for data measurements.
: 7. You are a support CRO.
INITIATING CUES:
NOTE: Perform calculations to a sufficient number of decimal places to allow for evaluation of acceptance criteria.
PART 1 Given the data that was just obtained from each power range channel upper and lower detector currents, the Unit Supervisor directs you to perform 1-SI-0-21, Excore QPTR &
Axial Flux Difference, Attachment 1, QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents.
PART 2 Has ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA been MET?                  (Circle your answer)
YES                    NO Page 4 of 17
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3R 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD                                    SAT/UNSAT START TIME: _______
NOTE TO EVALUATOR: The following steps are from Attachment 1 of 1-SI-0-21.
NOTES
: 1) Determining detector currents by measuring the voltage across the detector's meter test points, using a DVM, is the most accurate method for measuring QPTR and for determining the validity of a QPTR alarm.
: 2) Using the detector current meter readings is another method to quickly check that QPTR is within limits. These meters are NOT as accurate as the DVM readings and may produce unacceptable results because: 1) the meters on the B drawer may be scaled too high or (2) the meter may be unstable due to drift or noise. When unacceptable results are obtained, DVM readings should be obtained; otherwise, Step 1.0[1] and 1.0[2] may be marked N/A if DVM NOT used.
: 3) Up to one inoperable excore channel can be marked N/A if THERMAL POWER is < 75%
RTP.
STEP 1: [1.] RECORD DVM information:                                            ___ SAT A.      TVA M&TE ID: ________________                            ___ UNSAT B.      Cal Due Date: ________________
STANDARD: Applicant refers to the INITIATING CUES and determines this step will not be used and per NOTE 3 marks Step 1.0[1] N/A.
COMMENTS:
STEP 3: [2.] ENSURE require M&TE is within its current calibration.            ___ SAT STANDARD: Applicant refers to the INITIATING CUES and determines this          ___ UNSAT step will not be used and per NOTE 3 marks Step 1.0[2] N/A.
COMMENTS:
Page 5 of 17
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3R 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD                                          SAT/UNSAT CAUTION An inadvertent reactor trip may be prevented by ensuring that no power range neutron high flux rate or power range high flux bistables are in the tripped condition prior to taking EACH measurement in the NIS Power Range Drawer B.
NOTES
: 1) The following determination may be made by measuring the voltage across the 1000 ohm precision resistor in NIS power range drawer B. When using this method the Ohm's Law conversion from a millivolt measurement to a microamp measurement only requires changing the unit designator (e.g., 280 millivolts converts to 280 microamps).
: 2) Detector A is the TOP or UPPER Detector and Detector B is the BOTTOM or LOWER detector on the NIS drawer B STEP 3: [3] DETERMINE the microamps for each upper and lower excore                  ___ SAT detector on each NIS power range drawer B, AND RECORD                ___ UNSAT below.
STANDARD:
STANDARD:
From INITIAL CONDITIONS, applicant records 565 &deg;F as the current RCS temperature.  
Applicant obtains the detector current microamp readings from the handout given during task assignment and enters the appropriate data into Attachment 1 Step 3.
COMMENTS:
NOTE:
Rt and Rb (detector calibration data) changes periodically throughout the cycle. Current values are on NOB Sheet A-2, NIS Calibration Data.
Page 6 of 17


COMMENTS:
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3R 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD                                SAT/UNSAT EVALUATOR: The NOB Sheets attached to this JPM are to be given to the applicant when the applicant refers to the NOB. The data sheets attached are the basis for the calculations in the JPM.
STEP 4: [4] OBTAIN and RECORD values of Rt and Rb (volts/ microamps).      CRITICAL STEP
___ SAT
___ UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant obtains the detector current values from NOB Sheets A-2 for the respective NIS Power Range Detectors and records them in appropriate blocks on Attachment 1 Step 4.
This step is critical since an incorrect entry may cause the resultant calculation to indicate that Acceptance Criteria are met, when in fact QPTR limit has been exceeded.
COMMENTS:
Page 7 of 17


___ SAT  
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3R 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD                                SAT/UNSAT STEP 5: [5] CALCULATE calibrated output voltages by multiplying the        CRITICAL uncalibrated detector output currents by Rt or Rb (as            STEP applicable).                                                ___ SAT A. Vt = It x Rt                                              ___ UNSAT B. Vb = Ib x Rb STANDARD:
Applicant calculates the calibrated output voltages [Step 3] by multiplying the respective detectors current reading by resistance values [Step 4] and records the results in appropriate blocks on Attachment 1 Step 5.
Step is critical since the values calculated will be used to calculate the average detector voltages.
COMMENTS:
Page 8 of 17


___ UNSAT  
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3R 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD                                  SAT/UNSAT STEP 6: [6] CALCULATE average calibrated output voltage for the upper      CRITICAL and lower detectors.                                              STEP
___ SAT
___ UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant calculates the average output voltages for the upper detector by adding the respective upper detectors calibrated output voltage readings [from Step 5] and dividing the result by the number of channels in service. This process is repeated for the lower detector using the lower detector calibrated voltages. The results recorded in appropriate blocks on Attachment 1, Step 6.
Step is critical since the values calculated will be used to determine the QPTR for individual upper and lower detectors, and then compared to the Tech Spec limit to ensure compliance.
COMMENTS:
Page 9 of 17


WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT   Page 6 of 10  STEP 3: [3] RECORD RCS Volume (V) based on current RCS Temp using TI-59 (first page of App D through App N, as appropriate.STANDARD:
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3R 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD                                   SAT/UNSAT STEP 7:     [7] CALCULATE QPTR values by dividing each detectors            CRITICAL (upper or lower) Calibration Output Voltage by the average    STEP (upper or lower) Calibrated Output Voltage.                ___ SAT A. QPTRt = Vt &#xf7; Avg Vt                                        ___ UNSAT B. QPTRb = Vb x Avg Vb STANDARD:
Applicant locates 1-TI-59, and selects Appendix K, and records 86212.4 as the RCS volume.  
Applicant calculates QPTR values by dividing the respective Calibrated Output Voltage [Step 5] by the Average Calibrated Output Voltage for each NIS channel detector [Step 6]. The results recorded in appropriate blocks on Attachment 1.
Step is critical since the values calculated will be used to determine whether the individual QPTR for each detector is within the Tech Spec limit to ensure compliance.
COMMENTS:
Page 10 of 17


COMMENTS:   
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3R 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD                                  SAT/UNSAT STEP 8: [8] OBTAIN a review of calculations, results and Tech Spec        ___ SAT Acceptance Criteria by task qualified individual.
___ UNSAT STANDARD: Applicant requests a review of the calculation by a Task Qualified individual (STA, SRO)
COMMENTS:
STEP 10:    Informs the Unit Supervisor that Attachment 1 of 1-SI-0-21      CRITICAL has been completed and provides the results of the QPTR          STEP calculation.                                                  ___ SAT STANDARD:                                                                  ___ UNSAT Applicant informs the Unit Supervisor of the completion of Attachment 1 and Section 6.1 of 1-SI-0-21 and reports that acceptance criteria have not been satisfied. QPTR N-42 Upper Detector is 1.02783931, exceeding the QPTR limit of 1.02.
Step is critical since the value for N42T does not meet Acceptance Criteria of 1.02 (LCO 3.2.4).
EXAMINER CUE:        Acknowledge report as Unit Supervisor.
COMMENTS:
END OF TASK TIME STOP: ________
Page 11 of 17


CRITICAL STEP  ___ SAT
3R Key DO NOT HAND TO APPLICANT 3R


___ UNSAT STEP 4: [4] PERFORM the following calculation to estimate time in service:
Calculations performed using Excel:
STANDARD:
Upper                              Lower Itop        Rtop    Vtop        Ibottom  Rbottom  Vbottom N41        373        0.03493  13.02889        370    0.03537  13.0869 N42        363        0.03688  13.38744        391    0.03343  13.07113 N43        369        0.03474  12.81906        399    0.0331  13.2069 N44        326        0.03946 12.86396        372    0.03442  12.80424 Average 13.0248375              Average  13.0422925 QPTR N41    1.000311136                        1.003420219 N42    1.027839311                        1.002211076 N42    0.984201146                        1.012621056 N44    0.987648406                        0.981747649
Applicant enters letdown flow of 120 gpm, since the INITIAL CONDITIONS requires letdown flow to be at maximum, and RCS volume of 86212.4 gallons. Applicant calculates time of 96 minutes (Acceptable Range 92 to 100 minutes.)
                                                    `
Applicant documents time on Handout Sheet.
3R
COMMENTS: 


END OF TASK CRITICAL STEP  ___ SAT
WBN                        Excore QPTR                      1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                              &                      Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference              Page 18 of 25 2015-301 NRC EXAM      Attachment 1 (Page 2 of 4)
JPM 3 R KEY QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents Data Package: Page ____                                                      TODAY Date ________
1.0    QPTR DETERMINATION USING DETECTOR CURRENTS (continued)
CAUTION An inadvertent reactor trip may be prevented by ensuring that no power range channels neutron high flux rate or power range high flux bistables are in the tripped condition prior to taking EACH measurement in the NIS Power Range Drawer B.
NOTES
: 1) The following determination may be made by measuring the voltage across the 1000 ohm precision resistor in NIS power range drawer B. When using this method the Ohm's Law conversion from a millivolt measurement to a microamp measurement only requires changing the unit designator (e.g., 280 millivolts converts to 280 microamps).
: 2)  Detector A is the TOP or UPPER Detector and Detector B is the BOTTOM or LOWER detector on the NIS drawer B
[3]    DETERMINE the microamps for each upper and lower excore detector on each NIS power range drawer B, AND RECORD below.
UPPER DETECTOR          LOWER DETECTOR NIS Channel      It Detector Current    Ib Detector Current (microamps)            (microamps)
N-41A                373                    370 N-42A                363                    391 N-43A                369                    399 N-44A                326                    372 DAH


___ UNSAT
WBN                            Excore QPTR                      1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                                  &                        Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference                Page 19 of 25 2015-301 NRC EXAM          Attachment 1 (Page 3 of 4)
JPM 3 R KEY QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents Data Package: Page ____                                                            TODAY Date ________
1.0      QPTR DETERMINATION USING DETECTOR CURRENTS (continued)
NOTE Rt and Rb (detector calibration data) changes periodically throughout the cycle. Current values are on Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-2, NIS Calibration Data.
[4]    OBTAIN and RECORD values of Rt and Rb(volts/ microamps).
UPPER DETECTOR          LOWER DETECTOR NIS Channel        Rt (volts/ microamps)  Rb (volts/ microamps)
N-41A              0.03493              0.03537 N-42A              0.03688              0.03343 N-43A              0.03474              0.03310 N-44A              0.03946                0.03442 DAH
[5]    CALCULATE calibrated output voltages by multiplying the uncalibrated detector output currents by Rt or Rb (as applicable).
A. Vt = It x Rt B. Vb = Ib x Rb UPPER DETECTOR          LOWER DETECTOR NIS Channel      Vt Calib. Output Voltage Vb Calib. Output Voltage N-41A            13.02889                13.0869 N-42A              13.38744                13.07113 N-43A              12.81906                13.2069 N-44A              12.86396                12.80424 DAH


STOP TIME ________
WBN                       Excore QPTR                    1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                          &                        Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference              Page 20 of 25 2015-301 NRC EXAM    Attachment 1 (Page 4 of 4)
2  Key DO NOT HAND TO APPLICANT WBN Unit 1 CVCS Purification System 1-SOI-62.04 Rev. 0001 Page 93 of 99  Appendix B (Page 1 of 1) RCS Deboration Calculation [1] INDICATE Mixed Bed for which this Calculation is being performed (CHECK ONLY ONE.)
JPM 3 R KEY QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents Data Package: Page ____                                                    TODAY Date ________
Mixed Bed A ________ OR Mixed Bed B ________  NOTE This calculation is based on the Mixed Bed being a fresh unborated bed, all letdown flow being directed through the mixed bed being placed in service, and the following:   Q T  Cf = Co e -V Where: Cf =  Final Boron Concentration Co =  Initial Boron Concentration Q  =  Mixed Bed Flow Rate (Letdown Flow in gpm) V  =  RCS Volume at operating temperature (gals) T  =  Time (minutes) [2] RECORD current RCS Temperature: ________RCS Temp[3] RECORD RCS Volume (V) based on current RCS Temp using TI-59 (first page of App D through App N, as appropriate.)  ________RCS Volume[4] PERFORM the following calculation to estimate time in service: Time = -ln (Cf/Co) V =-ln (________ppm/________ppm) ________gals Q ____________gpm  Time =  ______________ minutes [5] RECORD Mixed Bed Run times for which this Calculation is being performed (Times can be obtained from Attachment 1 for the associated demin). 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Run time        Total time         Initials WBN Unit 1 Boron Tables 1-TI-59 Rev. 0000 Page 80 of 104  Appendix K (Page 1 of 8) Boron Tables For RCS At 565&deg;F 2
1.0   QPTR DETERMINATION USING DETECTOR CURRENTS (continued)
Handout Package for Applicant APPLICANT CUE SHEET  (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)  2 INITIAL CONDITIONS: 1. Unit 2 is performing pre-operational testing. 2. Unit 1 is in Mode 1 coasting down prior to refueling. 3. Current RCS CB is 40 ppm. 4. Current RCS temperature is 565 &deg;F. 5. Mixed Bed A contains fresh, unborated resin.  
[6]   CALCULATE average calibrated output voltage for the upper and lower detectors.
: 6. Maximum letdown flow will be used during this evolution. 7. You are an extra operator. INITIATING CUES: The Unit SRO has directed you to perform 1-SOI-62.04, CVCS Purification System, Appendix B RCS Deboration Calculation, to determine the time that CVCS Mixed Bed Demineralizer 'A' must be in service in order to reduce RCS boron concentration to 35 ppm.
UPPER Vt            LOWER Vb AVERAGE          13.0248375          13.0422925 DAH
Enter the results of your calculation here: 
[7]   CALCULATE QPTR values by dividing each detector's (upper or lower) Calibration Output Voltage by the average (upper or lower) Calibration Output Voltage.
A. QPTRt = Vt &#xf7; Avg Vt B. QPTRb = Vb &#xf7; Avg Vb UPPER DETECTOR      LOWER DETECTOR NIS Channel      QPTRt Value          QPTRb Value N-41A        1.000311136        1.003420219 N-42A         1.02783931          1.002211076 N-43A        0.984201146        1.012621056 N-44A        0.987648406        0.981747649 DAH
[8]  OBTAIN a review of calculations, results and Tech Spec DAH Acceptance Criteria by task qualified individual.                   ________


TIME =________________________________.
WBN Unit 1 2015-301 NRC EXAM    Excore QPTR Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 11 of 25 JPM 3R KEY Data Package: Page ____                                              Date ________
WBN Unit 1 CVCS Purification System 1-SOI-62.04 Rev. 0001 Page 93 of 99  Appendix B (Page 1 of 1) RCS Deboration Calculation [1] INDICATE Mixed Bed for which this Calculation is being performed (CHECK ONLY ONE.)
5.0      ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA NOTE When one Excore detector is inoperable and Thermal Power is < 75 % RTP, the three remaining detectors may be used to calculate the average. If one Excore detector is inoperable and Thermal Power is  75 % RTP, REFER TO 1-SI-0-22.
A. Calculated QPTR is  1.02.
NOTE The AFD limits specified in Technical Specifications, Unit 1 Core Operating Limit Report (COLR) may be less restrictive than those resulting from compliance with other Surveillance Requirements that would be published in Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1.1 B. AFD is within Limits of Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1, Target Band vs. Power Level for OPERABLE excore channels, which will ensure requirements of the COLR are met per the following conditions 1
: 1. At least 2-out-of-3 channels within Limits, when 3 AFD channels are OPERABLE.
OR
: 2. At least 3-out-of-4 channels within Limits, when 4 AFD channels are OPERABLE.


Mixed Bed A ________ OR Mixed Bed B ________  NOTE This calculation is based on the Mixed Bed being a fresh unborated bed, all letdown flow being directed through the mixed bed being placed in service, and the following:  Q T  Cf = Co e -V Where: Cf =  Final Boron Concentration Co =  Initial Boron Concentration Q  =  Mixed Bed Flow Rate (Letdown Flow in gpm) V  =  RCS Volume at operating temperature (gals) T  =  Time (minutes) [2] RECORD current RCS Temperature: ________RCS Temp[3] RECORD RCS Volume (V) based on current RCS Temp using TI-59 (first page of App D through App N, as appropriate.)  ________RCS Volume[4] PERFORM the following calculation to estimate time in service: Time = -ln (Cf/Co) V =-ln (________ppm/________ppm) ________gals Q ____________gpm  Time =  ______________ minutes [5] RECORD Mixed Bed Run times for which this Calculation is being performed (Times can be obtained from Attachment 1 for the associated demin). 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Run time        Total time        Initials 2015301NRCEXAMAdministrativeJPM3R 
Applicant compares results of calculation to the Tech Spec limit of <1.02, and determines that N-41B Top exceeds the ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA of 1-SI-0-21, Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference. Applicant circles NO on the sheet.
3R


WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3 R 2015-301 NRC EXAM Page 2 of 17  Task: CALCULATE QPTR AND EVALUATE RESULTS TO DETERMINE IF ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ARE MET. Alternate Path: n/a  Facility JPM #: Modified from 3-OT-JPMADA.2-1  Safety Function: N/A Title: Equipment Control. K/A  2.2.12 Knowledge of surveillance procedures. Rating(s): 3.7/4.1 CFR: 41.10 / 45.13  Evaluation Method: Simulator  In-Plant  Classroom X 
3R Handout Package for Applicant


==References:==
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
1-SI-0-21,Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference, Rev. 19; Nuclear Operating Book (NOB). A-2 Sheet 1 Rev. 129, Sheet 2 Rev. 128, Sheet 3 Rev. 129, Sheet 4 Rev 127. Task Number: RO-092-SI-2-001 Title: Perform a QPTR calculation. Task Standard: The applicant: 1. Calculates Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio using 1-SI-0-21, Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference, Attachment 1, QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents. 2. Evaluates results and concludes that the acceptance criterion for 1-SI-0-21, Shutdown Margin, Section 6.2, Conservative SDM Hand Calculation is NOT met for N-42 Upper Detector. Validation Time:  15 minutes Time Critical:  Yes  No X ============================================================================================== Applicant: ___________________________ _________________ Time Start:    ________  NAME Docket No. Time Finish:  ________  Performance Rating:  SAT ____  UNSAT ____  Performance Time ___    Examiner: _____________________________ _____________________________/________  NAME  SIGNATURE DATE ==============================================================================================  COMMENTS WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3 R 2015-301 NRC EXAM Page 3 of 17    Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed: Laptop Computer. NRC REFERENCE DISK. *NOTE: This JPM is designed to be performed in a classroom with procedures available to the applicant via a laptop computer loaded with the NRC REFERENCE DISK.
: 1. Unit 2 is conducting pre-operational testing.
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3 R 2015-301 NRC EXAM Page 4 of 17    READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO APPLICANT: I will explain the initial conditions and state the task to be performed. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the cue sheet I provided you. INITIAL CONDITIONS: 1. Unit 2 is conducting pre-operational testing. 2. Unit 1 is operating at 100% power.  
: 2. Unit 1 is operating at 100% power.
: 3. AFD Monitor Alarm and QPTR alarms are out of service due to a card problem in the annunciator system. 4. 1-SI-0-21 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference is required to be performed every 12 hours since both QPTR alarms are inoperable. 5. Plant computer is not available.  
: 3. AFD Monitor Alarm and QPTR alarms are out of service due to a card problem in the annunciator system.
: 6. M&TE will NOT be utilized for data measurements. 7. You are a support CRO. INITIATING CUES: NOTE: Perform calculations to a sufficient number of decimal places to allow for evaluation of acceptance criteria. PART 1 Given the data that was just obtained from each power range channel upper and lower detector currents, the Unit Supervisor directs you to perform 1-SI-0-21, Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference, Attachment 1, QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents. PART 2  
: 4. 1-SI-0-21 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference is required to be performed every 12 hours since both QPTR alarms are inoperable.
: 5. Plant computer is not available.
: 6. M&TE will NOT be utilized for data measurements.
: 7. You are a support CRO.
INITIATING CUES:
NOTE: Perform calculations to a sufficient number of decimal places to allow for evaluation of acceptance criteria.
PART 1 Given the data that was just obtained from each power range channel upper and lower detector currents, the Unit Supervisor directs you to perform 1-SI-0-21, Excore QPTR &
Axial Flux Difference, Attachment 1, QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents.
PART 2 Has ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA been MET?            (Circle your answer)
YES              NO 3R


Has ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA been MET? (Circle your answer)  
Data obtained from each power range channel upper and lower detector currents UPPER DETECTOR              LOWER DETECTOR NIS CHANNEL                It Detector Current        Ib Detector Current (microamps)                 (microamps)
N-41A                          373                        370 N-42A                          363                        391 N-43A                          369                        399 N-44A                          326                        372 3R


YES    NO WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3 R 2015-301 NRC EXAM  STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT  Page 5 of 17 START TIME: _______ NOTE TO EVALUATOR:  The following steps are from Attachment 1 of 1-SI-0-21. NOTES 1)  Determining detector currents by measuring the voltage across the detector's meter test points, using a DVM, is the most accurate method for measuring QPTR and for determining the validity of a QPTR alarm. 2) Using the detector current meter readings is another method to quickly check that QPTR is within limits. These meters are NOT as accurate as the DVM readings and may produce unacceptable results because: 1) the meters on the 'B' drawer may be scaled too high or (2) the meter may be unstable due to drift or noise. When unacceptable results are obtained, DVM readings should be obtained; otherwise, Step 1.0[1] and 1.0[2] may be marked N/A if DVM NOT used. 3) Up to one inoperable excore channel can be marked N/A if THERMAL POWER is < 75% RTP. STEP 1: [1.] RECORD DVM information: A. TVA M&TE ID: ________________ B. Cal Due Date: ________________ STANDARD: Applicant refers to the INITIATING CUES and determines this step will not be used and per NOTE 3 marks Step 1.0[1] N/A. COMMENTS:     
Watts Bar Nuclear Plant Unit 1 Surveillance Instruction 1-SI-0-21 Excore QPTR Axial Flux Difference Revision 0019 Quality Related Level of Use: Continuous Use Effective Date08-19-2013 Responsible Organization:   RXE, Reactor Engineering Prepared By:   Kevin S. Elam Approved By:    Lukus S. Barnes


___ SAT
WBN                    Excore QPTR                    1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                      &                        Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference              Page 2 of 25 Revision Log Revision                Affected or Change    Effective      Page Number        Date      Numbers              Description of Revision/Change 13      07/18/2002  2, 5, 8, 10,  NON-INTENT Revision. Clarified when to use 11, 16 &     hand calculation using Attachment 1. Clarified 18            Detector A is the upper and Detector B is the lower detector. Clarified when three detectors are acceptable.
___ UNSAT STEP 3: [2.] ENSURE require M&TE is within its current calibration. STANDARD: Applicant refers to the INITIATING CUES and determines this step will not be used and per NOTE 3 marks Step 1.0[2] N/A. COMMENTS:    
14      10/19/2004  2, 11, 19    NON-INTENT Revision. Revised for PER 67703. Added step to perform hand calculation in Attachment 1 during NIS calibrations. Added steps to perform a technical review of calculations performed in Attachment 1.
15      03/17/08  All          This procedure has been converted from Word 95 to Word XP using Rev. 14 by the Conversion Team. NON-INTENT Revision to clarify the conditions which the QPTR and AFD Monitor Alarms are operable during Power Range calibrations.
16      12/28/2009  2 & 21        NON-INTENT change to clarify the qualification and requirements of post-performance reviewer (PER 169445). Removed rev from Revision Log.
17      02/09/2010  2, 9, 13      NON-INTENT change to clarify use of the C1 coefficients and the fact that the AFD points are available below 50% RTP.
18      03/16/12  All          NON-INTENT change to alter administrative actions. Add guidance to perform RCS Loop Delta T and Tave trending IAW PER 492835.
Other administrative enhancements, such as Unit 1 or 2 nomenclature.
19      08/19/13   2, 22, 24    Minor Editorial change to change the "2nd Party" verifications to "Concurrent Verifications".


___ SAT
WBN                                  Excore QPTR                                    1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                                         &                                    Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference                                Page 3 of 25 Table of Contents
___ UNSAT WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3 R 2015-301 NRC EXAM  STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT  Page 6 of 17 CAUTION An inadvertent reactor trip may be prevented by ensuring that no power range neutron high flux rate or power range high flux bistables are in the tripped condition prior to taking EACH measurement in the NIS Power Range Drawer B. NOTES 1) The following determination may be made by measuring the voltage across the 1000 ohm precision resistor in NIS power range drawer B. When using this method the Ohm's Law conversion from a millivolt measurement to a microamp measurement only requires changing the unit designator (e.g., 280 millivolts converts to 280 microamps). 2) Detector A is the TOP or UPPER Detector and Detector B is the BOTTOM or LOWER detector on the NIS drawer B STEP 3: [3] DETERMINE the microamps for each upper and lower excore detector on each NIS power range drawer B, AND RECORD below. STANDARD:  Applicant obtains the detector current microamp readings from the handout given during task assignment and enters the appropriate data into Attachment 1 Step 3. COMMENTS:   


___ SAT
==1.0  INTRODUCTION==
___ UNSAT NOTE: Rt and Rb (detector calibration data) changes periodically throughout the cycle. Current values are on NOB Sheet A-2, NIS Calibration Data.
.......................................................................................................... 5 1.1  Purpose ........................................................................................................................ 5 1.2  Scope............................................................................................................................ 5 1.2.1    Activities to be Performed ............................................................................... 5 1.2.2    Surveillance Requirements Fulfilled and Unit Modes ...................................... 5 1.3  Frequency and Conditions ............................................................................................ 6 1.4   Background................................................................................................................... 7
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3 R 2015-301 NRC EXAM  STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT  Page 7 of 17 EVALUATOR:  The NOB Sheets attached to this JPM are to be given to the applicant when the applicant refers to the NOB. The data sheets attached are the basis for the calculations in the JPM. STEP 4: [4] OBTAIN and RECORD values of Rt and Rb (volts/ microamps). STANDARD:  Applicant obtains the detector current values from NOB Sheets A-2 for the respective NIS Power Range Detectors and records them in appropriate blocks on Attachment 1 Step 4. This step is critical since an incorrect entry may cause the resultant calculation to indicate that Acceptance Criteria are met, when in fact QPTR limit has been exceeded. COMMENTS:   


CRITICAL STEP ___ SAT
==2.0  REFERENCES==
___ UNSAT WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3 R 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT  Page 8 of 17 STEP 5: [5] CALCULATE calibrated output voltages by multiplying the uncalibrated detector output currents by Rt or Rb (as applicable). A. Vt = It x Rt B. Vb = Ib x Rb  STANDARD:  Applicant calculates the calibrated output voltages [Step 3] by multiplying the respective detector's current reading by resistance values [Step 4] and records the results in appropriate blocks on Attachment 1 Step 5. Step is critical since the values calculated will be used to calculate the average detector voltages. COMMENTS:  
  ............................................................................................................. 8 2.1  Performance References .............................................................................................. 8 2.2  Developmental References........................................................................................... 8 2.2.1    TVA Procedures.............................................................................................. 8 2.2.2    Other ............................................................................................................... 8 3.0  PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ........................................................................... 9 4.0  PREREQUISITE ACTIONS ........................................................................................ 10 4.1  Preliminary Actions ..................................................................................................... 10 4.2  Special Tools, M&TE, Parts, and Supplies ................................................................. 10 4.3  Approvals and Notifications ........................................................................................ 10 5.0  ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ......................................................................................... 11 6.0  PERFORMANCE ........................................................................................................ 12 6.1  Excore QPTR Determination ...................................................................................... 12 6.2  Axial Flux Difference AFD Determination.................................................................... 13 7.0  POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY ............................................................................ 15 8.0  RECORDS .................................................................................................................. 16 8.1   QA Records ................................................................................................................ 16 8.2  Non-QA Records ........................................................................................................ 16 : QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents ...................................... 17 : Maintenance of QPTR Constants On the ICS ......................................... 21 : Maintenance of AFD And Target Band Constants On The ICS .............................................................................................................. 23


CRITICAL STEP ___ SAT
WBN                  Excore QPTR                                    1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                          &                                    Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference                              Page 4 of 25 Table of Contents (continued)
___ UNSAT WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3 R 2015-301 NRC EXAM  STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT  Page 9 of 17 STEP 6: [6] CALCULATE average calibrated output voltage for the upper and lower detectors. STANDARD:  Applicant calculates the average output voltages for the upper detector by adding the respective upper detector's calibrated output voltage readings [from Step 5] and dividing the result by the number of channels in service. This process is repeated for the lower detector using the lower detector calibrated voltages. The results recorded in appropriate blocks on Attachment 1, Step 6. Step is critical since the values calculated will be used to determine the QPTR for individual upper and lower detectors, and then compared to the Tech Spec limit to ensure compliance. COMMENTS:   
Source Notes............................................................................................. 25


CRITICAL STEP  ___ SAT
WBN                            Excore QPTR                          1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                                &                            Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference                      Page 5 of 25
___ UNSAT WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3 R 2015-301 NRC EXAM  STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT  Page 10 of 17 STEP 7: [7] CALCULATE QPTR values by dividing each detector's (upper or lower) Calibration Output Voltage by the average (upper or lower) Calibrated Output Voltage. A. QPTRt = Vt  Avg Vt B. QPTRb = Vb x Avg Vb  STANDARD:  Applicant calculates QPTR values by dividing the respective Calibrated Output Voltage [Step 5] by the Average Calibrated Output Voltage for each NIS channel detector [Step 6]. The results recorded in appropriate blocks on Attachment 1. Step is critical since the values calculated will be used to determine whether the individual QPTR for each detector is within the Tech Spec limit to ensure compliance. COMMENTS:   


CRITICAL STEP ___ SAT
==1.0    INTRODUCTION==
___ UNSAT WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3 R 2015-301 NRC EXAM  STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT  Page 11 of 17 STEP 8: [8] OBTAIN a review of calculations, results and Tech Spec Acceptance Criteria by task qualified individual. STANDARD: Applicant requests a review of the calculation by a Task Qualified individual (STA, SRO) COMMENTS:   


___ SAT
1.1     Purpose This Instruction provides detailed steps for determination of the Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio (QPTR) and Axial Flux Difference (AFD).2 1.2    Scope 1.2.1   Activities to be Performed A. Determination that QPTR is within limits.
___ UNSAT STEP 10:  Informs the Unit Supervisor that Attachment 1 of 1-SI-0-21 has been completed and provides the results of the QPTR calculation. STANDARD:  Applicant informs the Unit Supervisor of the completion of Attachment 1 and Section 6.1 of 1-SI-0-21 and reports that acceptance criteria have not been satisfied. QPTR N-42 Upper Detector is 1.02783931, exceeding the QPTR limit of 1.02.
B. Determination that AFD is within limits.
Step is critical since the value for N42T does not meet Acceptance Criteria of  1.02 (LCO 3.2.4). EXAMINER CUE: Acknowledge report as Unit Supervisor. COMMENTS:
C. Maintenance of QPTR Constants on the plant Integrated Computer System (ICS).
END OF TASK CRITICAL STEP ___ SAT
D. Maintenance of AFD and Target Band Constants on the ICS.
___ UNSAT TIME STOP: ________
1.2.2  Surveillance Requirements Fulfilled and Unit Modes Performance of this instruction satisfies the following Surveillance Requirements (SRs):
SURVEILLANCE              APPLICABLE              PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENT                    MODES                    MODES SR 3.2.4.1                    1 (1)                    1 (3)                  (2)
SR p 3.2.3.1                    1                        1 (1)
LCO 3.2.4                     1                        1 Action A.2 (1)  Above 50% RATED THERMAL POWER (RTP).
(2)  Greater than or equal to 50% RTP.
(3)  This instruction is used for the 7 day frequency only. 1-SI-92-5 is used for the hourly frequency.


3 R Key DO NOT HAND TO APPLICANT 3R Calculations performed using Excel:    Upper    Lower      Itop Rtop Vtop Ibottom Rbottom Vbottom N41 373 0.03493 13.02889 370 0.03537 13.0869 N42 363 0.03688 13.38744 391 0.03343 13.07113 N43 369 0.03474 12.81906 399 0.0331 13.2069 N44 326 0.03946 12.86396 372 0.03442 12.80424    Average 13.0248375  Average 13.0422925              QPTR            N41 1.000311136    1.003420219    N42 1.027839311    1.002211076    N42 0.984201146    1.012621056    N44 0.987648406    0.981747649    `  3R 
WBN                          Excore QPTR                    1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                                &                      Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference              Page 6 of 25 1.3     Frequency and Conditions NOTE The ICS serves as the AFD Monitor Alarm and alternate to the QPTR alarm. The alarms are considered operable provided the computer is NOT failed and the calculated values are NOT flagged as NCAL.
A. Sections 6.1 and 6.2 are to be performed every 7 days if the QPTR & AFD alarms are OPERABLE and THERMAL POWER is 50% RTP.
B. Section 6.1 is to be performed every 12 hours if both of the QPTR alarms are INOPERABLE and THERMAL POWER is greater than 50% RTP.
C. Section 6.1 is to be performed following each NIS calibration when new calibration data is being entered to reset the clock associated with the inoperable QPTR alarm.
D. Section 6.1 and Attachment 1 may be performed after alarm indication of a Quadrant Power Tilt to verify validity and to more accurately determine the extent of the Quadrant Power Tilt.
E. QPTR and AFD determinations are required to be current before power escalation above 50% RTP.
F. Performance of Section 6.1 is NOT appropriate with one excore channel inoperable and THERMAL POWER  75% RTP. Under these conditions, SR 3.2.4.2 applies and 1-SI-0-22 will need to be performed.
G. Performance of Section 6.2 is NOT appropriate when the AFD monitor is INOPERABLE (e.g. the ICS or other software problems). Under this condition, 1-SI-92-5 must be performed.
H. ICS constants are required to be maintained current. Constants should be verified prior to the initial performance of this instruction after refueling and can be verified in any mode and at any time.
I. This SI or portions of this instruction may be performed at times other than those specified at the discretion of the Reactor Engineering Manager or SM/Unit SRO.


WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 18 of 25 Attachment 1 (Page 2 of 4) QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents   Data Package:  Page ____      Date ________    1.0 QPTR DETERMINATION USING DETECTOR CURRENTS (continued)      CAUTION An inadvertent reactor trip may be prevented by ensuring that no power range channel's neutron high flux rate or power range high flux bistables are in the tripped condition prior to taking EACH measurement in the NIS Power Range Drawer B. NOTES 1) The following determination may be made by measuring the voltage across the 1000 ohm precision resistor in NIS power range drawer B. When using this method the Ohm's Law conversion from a millivolt measurement to a microamp measurement only requires changing the unit designator (e.g., 280 millivolts converts to 280 microamps). 2) Detector A is the TOP or UPPER Detector and Detector B is the BOTTOM or LOWER detector on the NIS drawer B [3] DETERMINE the microamps for each upper and lower excore detector on each NIS power range drawer B, AND  RECORD below. UPPER DETECTOR LOWER DETECTOR NIS Channel It Detector Current (microamps) Ib Detector Current (microamps) N-41A  N-42A  N-43A  N-44A    ________
WBN                         Excore QPTR                   1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                              &                      Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference              Page 7 of 25 1.Background QPTR is the ratio of the maximum upper excore detector calibrated output to the average of the upper excore detector calibrated outputs or the ratio of the maximum lower excore detector calibrated output to the average of the lower excore detector calibrated outputs, whichever is greater. If one excore detector is inoperable and THERMAL POWER is < 75% RTP, the remaining three detectors shall be used for computing the average.
WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 19 of 25  Attachment 1 (Page 3 of 4) QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents  Data Package:  Page ____      Date ________    1.0 QPTR DETERMINATION USING DETECTOR CURRENTS (continued)      NOTE Rt and Rb (detector calibration data) changes periodically throughout the cycle. Current values are on Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-2, NIS Calibration Data. [4] OBTAIN and RECORD  values of Rt and Rb(volts/ microamps). UPPER DETECTOR LOWER DETECTOR NIS Channel Rt (volts/ microamps) Rb (volts/ microamps) N-41A  N-42A  N-43A  N-44A    ________ [5] CALCULATE calibrated output voltages by multiplying the uncalibrated detector output currents by Rt or Rb (as applicable). A. Vt = It x Rt B. Vb = Ib x Rb  UPPER DETECTOR LOWER DETECTOR NIS Channel Vt Calib. Output Voltage Vb Calib. Output Voltage  N-41A  N-42A  N-43A  N-44A    ________
The primary QPTR alarms are 1-XA-55-4B-83B, POWER RANGE UPR DETECTOR FLUX DEVN [1-M-4] and 1-XA-55-4B-83C, POWER RANGE LWR DETECTOR FLUX DEVN [1-M-4]. The secondary or alternate QPTR alarm is from the ICS and triggers the RONAN annunciation on [1-M-4] 1-XA-55-4B-83D, PLANT COMPUTER GENERATED ALARM (SEE ICS).
WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 20 of 25  Attachment 1 (Page 4 of 4) QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents  Data Package:  Page ____      Date ________    1.0 QPTR DETERMINATION USING DETECTOR CURRENTS (continued)    [6] CALCULATE average calibrated output voltage for the upper and lower detectors. UPPER Vt LOWER Vb  AVERAGE    ________ [7] CALCULATE QPTR values by dividing each detector's (upper or lower) Calibration Output Voltage by the average (upper or lower) Calibration Output Voltage. A. QPTRt = Vt &#xf7; Avg Vt B. QPTRb = Vb &#xf7; Avg Vb  UPPER DETECTOR LOWER DETECTOR NIS Channel QPTRt Value QPTRb Value  N-41A  N-42A  N-43A  N-44A    ________ [8] OBTAIN a review of calculations, results and Tech Spec Acceptance Criteria by task qualified individual. ________
During normal surveillance of QPTR, the ICS calculation of QPTR is the preferred method to meet the surveillance. The most accurate method of calculating QPTR is by measuring the excore detector voltage across the detector's current meter test points in NIS power range drawer B. This is the preferred method for determining if the QPTR alarm indication is valid and to determine the extent of the Quadrant Power Tilt.
WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 11 of 25  Data Package:  Page ____      Date ________    5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA  NOTE When one Excore detector is inoperable and Thermal Power is < 75 % RTP, the three remaining detectors may be used to calculate the average. If one Excore detector is inoperable and Thermal Power is  75 % RTP, REFER TO 1-SI-0-22. A. Calculated QPTR is  1.02. NOTE The AFD limits specified in Technical Specifications, Unit 1 Core Operating Limit Report (COLR) may be less restrictive than those resulting from compliance with other Surveillance Requirements that would be published in Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1.1 B. AFD is within Limits of Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1, Target Band vs. Power Level for OPERABLE excore channels, which will ensure requirements of the COLR are met per the following conditions 1 1. At least 2-out-of-3 channels within Limits, when 3 AFD channels are OPERABLE.  
The ICS serves as the AFD Monitor Alarm and is considered operable provided that the computer is NOT failed and the calculated values are NOT flagged by NCAL. If the computer AFD data points differ significantly from MCR values, contact the plant computer Software Engineer for evaluation.
Axial Flux Difference is the difference in the normalized flux signals between the top and bottom halves of a two section excore neutron detector. The DELTA FLUX program on the ICS monitors the AFD of each of the operable excore channels once each minute and provides an alarm if the AFD for two or more operable excore channels are outside specified limits and triggers the RONAN annunciation on
[1-M-4] 1-XA-55-4B-83D, PLANT COMPUTER GENERATED ALARM (SEE ICS). If the ICS is inoperable, the indications on 1-M-4 are acceptable by themselves to monitor AFD. REFER TO instruction 1-SI-92-5 when the AFD alarm function is inoperable.


OR 2. At least 3-out-of-4 channels within Limits, when 4 AFD channels are OPERABLE.
WBN                        Excore QPTR                  1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                            &                       Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference             Page 8 of 25
3R      Applicant compares results of calculation to the Tech Spec limit of <1.02, and determines that N-41B Top exceeds the ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA of 1-SI-0-21, Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference. Applicant circles NO on the sheet.
3 R 


Handout Package for Applicant 3 R INITIAL CONDITIONS: 1. Unit 2 is conducting pre-operational testing. 2. Unit 1 is operating at 100% power.
==2.0     REFERENCES==
: 3. AFD Monitor Alarm and QPTR alarms are out of service due to a card problem in the annunciator system. 4. 1-SI-0-21 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference is required to be performed every 12 hours since both QPTR alarms are inoperable. 5. Plant computer is not available.
: 6. M&TE will NOT be utilized for data measurements. 7. You are a support CRO.
INITIATING CUES:  NOTE: Perform calculations to a sufficient number of decimal places to allow for evaluation of acceptance criteria. PART 1  Given the data that was just obtained from each power range channel upper and lower detector currents, the Unit Supervisor directs you to perform 1-SI-0-21, Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference, Attachment 1, QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents. PART 2


Has ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA been MET? (Circle your answer)  
2.1    Performance References A. Unit 1 Nuclear Operating Book (NOB), Sheet A-1, Target Band vs. Power Level B. Unit 1 Nuclear Operating Book (NOB), Sheet A-2, NIS Calibration Data C. 1-SI-0-22, INCORE QPTR D. WBN Integrated Computer System, System Users Guide E. TI-68.011, Acquisition of T, T, To, And RCS Streaming Factors for Periodic Update 2.2    Developmental References 2.2.1  TVA Procedures A. ARI-81-87, NIS & ROD CONTROLS B. 0-SI-0-3, Weekly Log C. 1-SI-92-2, NIS Monthly Recalibration Data D. 1-SI-92-5, Hourly Axial Flux Difference Inspection E. NPG-SPP-10.4, Reactivity Management Program 2.2.2  Other A. Unit 1 Technical Specifications, Section 3.2.3 B. Unit 1 Technical Specifications, Section 3.2.4 C. Westinghouse Letter 97TV-G-0066, WESTINGHOUSE POSITION ON CORE TILT, August 27, 1997 D. TVA Letter T41920727938, T/S Alarms For QPTR, July 27, 1992 E. Unit 1 CORE OPERATING LIMITS REPORT (COLR) [current cycle]


YES    NO 3 R  Data obtained from each power range channel upper and lower detector currents  UPPER DETECTOR LOWER DETECTOR NIS CHANNEL It Detector Current (microamps) Ib Detector Current (microamps) N-41A 373 370 N-42A 363 391 N-43A 369 399 N-44A 326 372 Watts Bar Nuclear Plant  Unit 1 Surveillance Instruction 1-SI-0-21 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference Revision 0019 Quality Related Level of Use:  Continuous Use        Effective Date: 08-19-2013    Responsible Organization: RXE, Reactor Engineering Prepared By: Kevin S. Elam Approved By: Lukus S. Barnes WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 2 of 25  Revision Log Revision or Change Number Effective Date Affected Page Numbers Description of Revision/Change 13 07/18/2002 2, 5, 8, 10, 11, 16 & 18 NON-INTENT Revision. Clarified when to use hand calculation using Attachment 1. Clarified Detector A is the upper and Detector B is the lower detector. Clarified when three detectors are acceptable. 14 10/19/2004 2, 11, 19 NON-INTENT Revision. Revised for PER 67703. Added step to perform hand calculation in Attachment 1 during NIS calibrations. Added steps to perform a technical review of calculations performed in Attachment 1. 15 03/17/08 All This procedure has been converted from Word 95 to Word XP using Rev. 14 by the Conversion Team. NON-INTENT Revision to clarify the conditions which the QPTR and AFD Monitor Alarms are operable during Power Range calibrations. 16 12/28/2009 2 & 21 NON-INTENT change to clarify the qualification and requirements of post-performance reviewer (PER 169445). Removed "rev" from Revision Log. 17 02/09/2010 2, 9, 13 NON-INTENT change to clarify use of the C1 coefficients and the fact that the AFD points are available below 50% RTP. 18 03/16/12 All NON-INTENT change to alter administrative actions. Add guidance to perform RCS Loop Delta T and Tave trending IAW PER 492835.
WBN                          Excore QPTR                  1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                             &                     Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference           Page 9 of 25 3.0   PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. The meter test points in NIS Power Range drawer B are NOT isolated signals and improper measurement of the detector voltage while in the NIS drawer could cause a channel trip.
Other administrative enhancements, such as Unit 1 or 2 nomenclature. 19 08/19/13 2, 22, 24 Minor Editorial change to change the "2nd Party" verifications to "Concurrent Verifications".
B. An inadvertent reactor trip may be prevented by ensuring that no power range neutron high flux rate or power range high flux channels are in the tripped condition prior to taking a detector voltage measurement in each power range drawer B.
WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 3 of 25  Table of Contents
C. AFD should be maintained within the limits specified in the Unit 1 Nuclear Operating Book (NOB) which will ensure requirements of the Unit 1 CORE OPERATING LIMITS REPORT (COLR) are met.
D. The ICS AFD data points should NOT differ significantly from MCR values when both the ICS and Power Range channels are calibrated.
E. When performing this instruction following an NIS calibration (on all 4 channels), this surveillance instruction must be performed between calibrations.
If Reactor Engineering used 1-SI-92-3, Incore-Excore Cross Calibration Data, to calibrate the ICS calculations for AFD and QPTR via non 1.00000 values for the power range computer point C1 coefficients, then the ICS QPTR calculation is OPERABLE (even though the 1-XA-55-4B-83B and 1-XA-55-4B-83C alarms are not yet calibrated).


==1.0 INTRODUCTION==
WBN                        Excore QPTR              1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                              &                Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference        Page 10 of 25 Data Package: Page ____                                          Date ________
.......................................................................................................... 5 1.1 Purpose ........................................................................................................................ 5 1.2 Scope ............................................................................................................................ 5 1.2.1 Activities to be Performed ............................................................................... 5 1.2.2 Surveillance Requirements Fulfilled and Unit Modes ...................................... 5 1.3 Frequency and Conditions ............................................................................................ 6 1.4 Background ................................................................................................................... 7
4.0  PREREQUISITE ACTIONS 4.1   Preliminary Actions
[1]  RECORD the start date and time on Surveillance Task Sheet.     ________
[2]  IF the Integrated Computer System (ICS) constants associated with QPTR require updating, THEN PERFORM Attachment 2.                                           ________
[3]  IF the ICS constants associated with AFD or Target Band require updating, THEN PERFORM Attachment 3.                                           ________
4.2   Special Tools, M&TE, Parts, and Supplies
[1]  IF QPTR is to be determined by measurement across meter test points, THEN ENSURE the following M&TE is available:
DESCRIPTION          MINIMUM RANGE    REQUIRED ACCURACY Keithley Model 197      0.1 to 0.5 Vdc        +/- 0.1%
or equivalent 4.3   Approvals and Notifications
[1]  NOTIFY SM/Unit SRO of intent to perform this Instruction        ________
[2]  IF QPTR is to be determined by measurement across meter test points, THEN NOTIFY Instrument Maintenance that support is required for Instruction performance.                                       ________


==2.0 REFERENCES==
WBN                        Excore QPTR                  1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                             &                     Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference            Page 11 of 25 Data Package: Page ____                                              Date ________
............................................................................................................. 8 2.1 Performance References .............................................................................................. 8 2.2 Developmental References ........................................................................................... 8 2.2.1 TVA Procedures .............................................................................................. 8 2.2.2 Other ............................................................................................................... 8 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ........................................................................... 9 4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS ........................................................................................ 10 4.1 Preliminary Actions ..................................................................................................... 10 4.2 Special Tools, M&TE, Parts, and Supplies ................................................................. 10 4.3 Approvals and Notifications ........................................................................................ 10 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ......................................................................................... 11 6.0 PERFORMANCE ........................................................................................................ 12 6.1 Excore QPTR Determination ...................................................................................... 12 6.2 Axial Flux Difference AFD Determination .................................................................... 13 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY ............................................................................ 15 8.0 RECORDS .................................................................................................................. 16 8.1 QA Records ................................................................................................................ 16 8.2 Non-QA Records ........................................................................................................ 16 Attachment 1: QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents ...................................... 17 Attachment 2: Maintenance of QPTR Constants On the ICS ......................................... 21 Attachment 3: Maintenance of AFD And Target Band Constants  On The ICS .............................................................................................................. 23 WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 4 of 25  Table of Contents (continued) Source Notes ............................................................................................. 25 WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 5 of 25 
5.0     ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA NOTE When one Excore detector is inoperable and Thermal Power is < 75 % RTP, the three remaining detectors may be used to calculate the average. If one Excore detector is inoperable and Thermal Power is  75 % RTP, REFER TO 1-SI-0-22.
A. Calculated QPTR is  1.02.
NOTE The AFD limits specified in Technical Specifications, Unit 1 Core Operating Limit Report (COLR) may be less restrictive than those resulting from compliance with other Surveillance Requirements that would be published in Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1.1 B. AFD is within Limits of Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1, Target Band vs. Power Level for OPERABLE excore channels, which will ensure requirements of the COLR are met per the following conditions 1
: 1. At least 2-out-of-3 channels within Limits, when 3 AFD channels are OPERABLE.
OR
: 2. At least 3-out-of-4 channels within Limits, when 4 AFD channels are OPERABLE.


==1.0 INTRODUCTION==
WBN                         Excore QPTR                   1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                            &                      Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference            Page 12 of 25 Data Package: Page ____                                                Date ________
1.1 Purpose This Instruction provides detailed steps for determination of the Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio (QPTR) and Axial Flux Difference (AFD).2 1.2 Scope 1.2.1 Activities to be Performed  A. Determination that QPTR is within limits. B. Determination that AFD is within limits.
6.0    PERFORMANCE 6.1    Excore QPTR Determination NOTES
C. Maintenance of QPTR Constants on the plant Integrated Computer System (ICS). D. Maintenance of AFD and Target Band Constants on the ICS. 1.2.2 Surveillance Requirements Fulfilled and Unit Modes Performance of this instruction satisfies the following Surveillance Requirements (SRs): SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT APPLICABLE MODES PERFORMANCE MODES SR 3.2.4.1 1 (1) 1 SR p 3.2.3.1(3) 1 (2) 1 LCO 3.2.4 Action A.2 1 (1) 1  (1) Above 50% RATED THERMAL POWER (RTP). (2) Greater than or equal to 50% RTP.
: 1) Obtaining QPTR calculated values from the ICS is the preferred method to check that the QPTR is within Technical Specification limits. QPTR values are obtained from ICS calculated computer points for upper and lower radial flux tilt. These points are available on the "Tilting Factors" display. The report may be printed with Turn On code TFREP.
(3) This instruction is used for the 7 day frequency only. 1-SI-92-5 is used for the hourly frequency.
: 2) Up to one inoperable excore channel can be marked N/A if THERMAL POWER is
WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 6 of 25   1.3 Frequency and Conditions  NOTE The ICS serves as the AFD Monitor Alarm and alternate to the QPTR alarm. The alarms are considered operable provided the computer is NOT failed and the calculated values are NOT flagged as NCAL. A. Sections 6.1 and 6.2 are to be performed every 7 days if the QPTR & AFD alarms are OPERABLE and THERMAL POWER is 50% RTP. B. Section 6.1 is to be performed every 12 hours if both of the QPTR alarms are INOPERABLE and THERMAL POWER is greater than 50% RTP. C. Section 6.1 is to be performed following each NIS calibration when new calibration data is being entered to reset the clock associated with the inoperable QPTR alarm. D. Section 6.1 and Attachment 1 may be performed after alarm indication of a Quadrant Power Tilt to verify validity and to more accurately determine the extent of the Quadrant Power Tilt. E. QPTR and AFD determinations are required to be current before power escalation above 50% RTP. F. Performance of Section 6.1 is NOT appropriate with one excore channel inoperable and THERMAL POWER 75% RTP. Under these conditions, SR 3.2.4.2 applies and 1-SI-0-22 will need to be performed. G. Performance of Section 6.2 is NOT appropriate when the AFD monitor is INOPERABLE (e.g. the ICS or other software problems). Under this condition, 1-SI-92-5 must be performed. H. ICS constants are required to be maintained current. Constants should be verified prior to the initial performance of this instruction after refueling and can be verified in any mode and at any time. I. This SI or portions of this instruction may be performed at times other than those specified at the discretion of the Reactor Engineering Manager or SM/Unit SRO.
    < 75% RTP.
WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 7 of 25  1.4 Background QPTR is the ratio of the maximum upper excore detector calibrated output to the average of the upper excore detector calibrated outputs or the ratio of the maximum lower excore detector calibrated output to the average of the lower excore detector calibrated outputs, whichever is greater. If one excore detector is inoperable and THERMAL POWER is < 75% RTP, the remaining three detectors shall be used for computing the average. The primary QPTR alarms are 1-XA-55-4B-83B, POWER RANGE UPR DETECTOR FLUX DEVN [1-M-4] and 1-XA-55-4B-83C, POWER RANGE LWR DETECTOR FLUX DEVN [1-M-4]. The secondary or alternate QPTR alarm is from the ICS and triggers the RONAN annunciation on [1-M-4] 1-XA-55-4B-83D, PLANT COMPUTER GENERATED ALARM (SEE ICS). During normal surveillance of QPTR, the ICS calculation of QPTR is the preferred method to meet the surveillance. The most accurate method of calculating QPTR is by measuring the excore detector voltage across the detector's current meter test points in NIS power range drawer B. This is the preferred method for determining if the QPTR alarm indication is valid and to determine the extent of the Quadrant Power Tilt. The ICS serves as the AFD Monitor Alarm and is considered operable provided that the computer is NOT failed and the calculated values are NOT flagged by NCAL. If the computer AFD data points differ significantly from MCR values, contact the plant computer Software Engineer for evaluation. Axial Flux Difference is the difference in the normalized flux signals between the top and bottom halves of a two section excore neutron detector. The DELTA FLUX program on the ICS monitors the AFD of each of the operable excore channels once each minute and provides an alarm if the AFD for two or more operable excore channels are outside specified limits and triggers the RONAN annunciation on [1-M-4] 1-XA-55-4B-83D, PLANT COMPUTER GENERATED ALARM (SEE ICS). If the ICS is inoperable, the indications on 1-M-4 are acceptable by themselves to monitor AFD. REFER TO instruction 1-SI-92-5 when the AFD alarm function is inoperable.
[1]    IF performing this instruction during an NIS calibration (when all four channels are NOT complete), THEN REFER to Precautions and Limitations 3.0E.                           ________
WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 8 of 25 
[2]    IF the ICS is available, THEN PRINT the Tilting Factors Report AND/OR PERFORM the QPTR calculations using Attachment 1.                    ________
[3]   REVIEW the Upper (A) and Lower (B) QPTR values.                       ________
[4]   CHECK () Acceptance Criteria.
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA: All operable excore channels (upper (A) and lower (B)) indicate a QPTR  1.02.
YES                NO


==2.0 REFERENCES==
WBN                        Excore QPTR                    1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                               &                     Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference            Page 13 of 25 Data Package: Page ____                                              Date ________
2.1 Performance References  A. Unit 1 Nuclear Operating Book (NOB), Sheet A-1, Target Band vs. Power Level B. Unit 1 Nuclear Operating Book (NOB), Sheet A-2, NIS Calibration Data C. 1-SI-0-22, INCORE QPTR D. WBN Integrated Computer System, System User's Guide E. TI-68.011, Acquisition of T', T'', To, And RCS Streaming Factors for Periodic Update 2.2 Developmental References 2.2.1 TVA Procedures  A. ARI-81-87, NIS & ROD CONTROLS B. 0-SI-0-3, Weekly Log C. 1-SI-92-2, NIS Monthly Recalibration Data D. 1-SI-92-5, Hourly Axial Flux Difference Inspection E. NPG-SPP-10.4, Reactivity Management Program 2.2.2 Other  A. Unit 1 Technical Specifications, Section 3.2.3 B. Unit 1 Technical Specifications, Section 3.2.4 C. Westinghouse Letter 97TV-G-0066, WESTINGHOUSE POSITION ON CORE TILT, August 27, 1997 D. TVA Letter T41920727938, T/S Alarms For QPTR, July 27, 1992 E. Unit 1 CORE OPERATING LIMITS REPORT (COLR) [current cycle]
6.2     Axial Flux Difference AFD Determination NOTES
WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 9 of 25  3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS  A. The meter test points in NIS Power Range drawer B are NOT isolated signals and improper measurement of the detector voltage while in the NIS drawer could cause a channel trip. B. An inadvertent reactor trip may be prevented by ensuring that no power range neutron high flux rate or power range high flux channels are in the tripped condition prior to taking a detector voltage measurement in each power range drawer B. C. AFD should be maintained within the limits specified in the Unit 1 Nuclear Operating Book (NOB) which will ensure requirements of the Unit 1 CORE OPERATING LIMITS REPORT (COLR) are met. D. The ICS AFD data points should NOT differ significantly from MCR values when both the ICS and Power Range channels are calibrated. E. When performing this instruction following an NIS calibration (on all 4 channels), this surveillance instruction must be performed between calibrations. If Reactor Engineering used 1-SI-92-3, Incore-Excore Cross Calibration Data, to calibrate the ICS calculations for AFD and QPTR via non 1.00000 values for the power range computer point C1 coefficients, then the ICS QPTR calculation is OPERABLE (even though the 1-XA-55-4B-83B and 1-XA-55-4B-83C alarms are not yet calibrated).
: 1) Up to one inoperable excore channel can be marked N/A.
WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 10 of 25  Data Package: Page ____      Date ________    4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS 4.1 Preliminary Actions [1] RECORD the start date and time on Surveillance Task Sheet. ________ [2] IF the Integrated Computer System (ICS) constants associated with QPTR require updating, THEN PERFORM Attachment 2. ________ [3] IF the ICS constants associated with AFD or Target Band require updating, THEN PERFORM Attachment 3. ________ 4.2 Special Tools, M&TE, Parts, and Supplies [1] IF QPTR is to be determined by measurement across meter test points, THEN ENSURE the following M&TE is available: DESCRIPTION MINIMUM RANGE REQUIRED ACCURACY Keithley Model 197 or equivalent 0.1 to 0.5 Vdc +/- 0.1% ________ 4.3 Approvals and Notifications [1] NOTIFY SM/Unit SRO of intent to perform this Instruction ________ [2] IF QPTR is to be determined by measurement across meter test points, THEN NOTIFY Instrument Maintenance that support is required for Instruction performance. ________
: 2) IF the C1 Coefficients are not set to 1.00000, THEN there may a difference between the I Meter and Computer Point AFD values.
WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 11 of 25  Data Package:  Page ____      Date ________    5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA  NOTE When one Excore detector is inoperable and Thermal Power is < 75 % RTP, the three remaining detectors may be used to calculate the average. If one Excore detector is inoperable and Thermal Power is  75 % RTP, REFER TO 1-SI-0-22. A. Calculated QPTR is  1.02. NOTE The AFD limits specified in Technical Specifications, Unit 1 Core Operating Limit Report (COLR) may be less restrictive than those resulting from compliance with other Surveillance Requirements that would be published in Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1.1 B. AFD is within Limits of Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1, Target Band vs. Power Level for OPERABLE excore channels, which will ensure requirements of the COLR are met per the following conditions 1 1. At least 2-out-of-3 channels within Limits, when 3 AFD channels are OPERABLE.
[1]    RECORD the AFD from [1-M-4] for each operable excore channel.
NIS       INSTRUMENT        QUADRANT        Flux %
Channel        NUMBER            #        (i.e. AFD)
N-41A          1-NI-41C      Quadrant 4            %
N-42A          1-NI-42C      Quadrant 2            %
N-43A          1-NI-43C      Quadrant 1            %
N-44A          1-NI-44C      Quadrant 3            %
NOTES
: 1) AFD values are available on the "Primary Mimics, Doghouse Display" and on the "Tilting Factors" display. The report may be printed with turn on code TFREP, if not previously printed.
: 2) Below 50% RTP, AFD limits do not apply, but the ICS AFD Limit points will be linear extensions to the line segments from 50% to 100% RTP; therefore, Steps 6.2[4] and 6.2[5] may be N/A.
: 3) AFD Limits on Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1 and the ICS may be more conservative than the Unit 1 COLR values.
[2]    REVIEW the Dynamic AFD Display and the Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1, AND RECORD the more conservative AFD Low and High Limit values.
AFD Low Limit                %
(Negative)
AFD High Limit                %
(Positive)


OR 2. At least 3-out-of-4 channels within Limits, when 4 AFD channels are OPERABLE.
WBN                         Excore QPTR                   1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                             &                       Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference             Page 14 of 25 Data Package: Page ____                                               Date ________
WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 12 of 25  Data Package:  Page ____      Date ________    6.0 PERFORMANCE 6.1 Excore QPTR Determination  NOTES 1) Obtaining QPTR calculated values from the ICS is the preferred method to check that the QPTR is within Technical Specification limits. QPTR values are obtained from ICS calculated computer points for upper and lower radial flux tilt. These points are available on the "Tilting Factors" display. The report may be printed with Turn On code TFREP. 2) Up to one inoperable excore channel can be marked N/A if THERMAL POWER is < 75% RTP. [1] IF performing this instruction during an NIS calibration (when all four channels are NOT complete), THEN REFER to Precautions and Limitations 3.0E. ________ [2] IF the ICS is available, THEN PRINT the Tilting Factors Report AND/OR  PERFORM the QPTR calculations using Attachment 1. ________ [3] REVIEW the Upper (A) and Lower (B) QPTR values. ________ [4] CHECK () Acceptance Criteria. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:  All operable excore channels (upper (A) and lower (B)) indicate a QPTR  1.02. YES  NO  ________
6.2   Axial Flux Difference AFD Determination (continued)
WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 13 of 25  Data Package:  Page ____      Date ________    6.2 Axial Flux Difference AFD Determination  NOTES 1) Up to one inoperable excore channel can be marked N/A. 2) IF the C1 Coefficients are not set to 1.00000, THEN there may a difference between the I Meter and Computer Point AFD values. [1] RECORD the AFD from [1-M-4] for each operable excore channel. NIS Channel INSTRUMENT NUMBER QUADRANT #  Flux %  (i.e. AFD) N-41A 1-NI-41C Quadrant 4 % N-42A 1-NI-42C Quadrant 2 % N-43A 1-NI-43C Quadrant 1 % N-44A 1-NI-44C Quadrant 3 %  ________  NOTES 1) AFD values are available on the "Primary Mimics, Doghouse Display" and on the "Tilting Factors" display. The report may be printed with turn on code TFREP, if not previously printed. 2) Below 50% RTP, AFD limits do not apply, but the ICS AFD Limit points will be linear extensions to the line segments from 50% to 100% RTP; therefore, Steps 6.2[4] and 6.2[5] may be N/A. 3) AFD Limits on Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1 and the ICS may be more conservative than the Unit 1 COLR values. [2] REVIEW the Dynamic AFD Display and the Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1, AND  RECORD the more conservative AFD Low and High Limit values. AFD Low Limit (Negative)  %AFD High Limit (Positive) % ________
[3]   VERIFY () Acceptance Criteria.
WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 14 of 25   Data Package: Page ____     Date ________   6.2 Axial Flux Difference AFD Determination (continued)     [3] VERIFY () Acceptance Criteria. Acceptance Criteria: AFD is within Limits of Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1, Target Band vs. Power Level for OPERABLE excore channels, which will ensure requirements of the Unit 1 COLR are met per the following conditions:1
Acceptance Criteria: AFD is within Limits of Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1, Target Band vs. Power Level for OPERABLE excore channels, which will ensure requirements of the Unit 1 COLR are met per the following conditions:1
* At least 2-out-of-3 channels within Limits, when 3 AFD channels are OPERABLE.
* At least 2-out-of-3 channels within Limits, when 3 AFD channels are OPERABLE.
* At least 3-out-of-4 channels within Limits, when 4 AFD channels are OPERABLE. YES   NO ________ [4] VERIFY the AFD limits on Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1 are representative of those displayed on the Dynamic AFD Display on the ICS. ________ [5] IF Steps 6.2[3] or 6.2[4] criteria was NOT met, THEN NOTIFY SM/SRO and Reactor Engineering for evaluation of the AFD Monitor/Alarm operability, AND PERFORM 1-SI-92-5, Hourly Axial Flux Difference Inspection, as required. ________
* At least 3-out-of-4 channels within Limits, when 4 AFD channels are OPERABLE.
WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 15 of 25  Data Package:  Page ____      Date ________    7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY  NOTE To be considered a complete weekly performance, the Tech Spec Acceptance Criteria must be satisfied by performance of both Sections 6.1 and 6.2. [1] RECORD completion date and time on Surveillance Task Sheet. ________ [2] NOTIFY SM/Unit SRO that this Instruction is complete. ________  NOTES 1) The independent review performed on the STS sheet may be performed by either Operations or Reactor Engineering. 2) The remaining steps in this section may be completed after SRO acceptance criteria review, but before the WO is closed. [3] IF the performance of this instruction is for the weekly routine performance, 
YES                   NO
[4]   VERIFY the AFD limits on Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1 are representative of those displayed on the Dynamic AFD Display on the ICS.                                                         ________
[5]   IF Steps 6.2[3] or 6.2[4] criteria was NOT met, THEN NOTIFY SM/SRO and Reactor Engineering for evaluation of the AFD Monitor/Alarm operability, AND PERFORM 1-SI-92-5, Hourly Axial Flux Difference Inspection, as required.                                                       ________


THEN CONTINUE with Step 7.0[4].
WBN                          Excore QPTR                    1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                              &                        Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference              Page 15 of 25 Data Package: Page ____                                                  Date ________
OTHERWISE, MARK the remainder of this instruction N/A. ________ [4] EVALUATE the need to update the Reactivity Briefing Binder. ________ [5] IF the Reactivity Briefing Binder needs updating, THEN INITIATE an update. ________ [6] TREND the indications for the RCS Loop T and Tavg.3 ________ [7] IF the trends indicate that an RCS Loop T is approximately 0.7% deviant from THERMAL POWER, THEN PERFORM the following: A. NOTIFY the applicable Engineer that TI-68.011 needs to be performed to update the applicable Delta To.3 ________ [8] IF the trends indicate that an RCS Loop Tavg is approximately 0.7&deg;F deviant from Tavgo at nominal full power, THEN PERFORM the following: A. NOTIFY the applicable Engineer that TI-68.011 needs to be performed to update the applicable Tavgo.3 ________
7.0    POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY NOTE To be considered a complete weekly performance, the Tech Spec Acceptance Criteria must be satisfied by performance of both Sections 6.1 and 6.2.
WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 16 of 25  8.0 RECORDS 8.1 QA Records The Data Package is a QA record, is handled in accordance with the Document Control and Records Management Program, and contains the following: Completed parts of Sections 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, and 7.0 Completed Attachments Surveillance Task Sheet Other sheets added during the performance 8.2 Non-QA Records No non-QA records are created by this Instruction.
[1]    RECORD completion date and time on Surveillance Task Sheet.                                                              ________
WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 17 of 25  Attachment 1 (Page 1 of 4) QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents  Data Package:  Page ____      Date ________ 1.0 QPTR DETERMINATION USING DETECTOR CURRENTS  NOTES 1) Determining detector currents by measuring the voltage across the detector's meter test points, using a DVM, is the most accurate method for measuring QPTR and for determining the validity of a QPTR alarm. 2) Using the detector current meter readings is another method to quickly check that QPTR is within limits. These meters are NOT as accurate as the DVM readings and may produce unacceptable results because: 1) the meters on the 'B' drawer may be scaled too high or (2) the meter may be unstable due to drift or noise. When unacceptable results are obtained, DVM readings should be obtained; otherwise, Step 1.0[1] and 1.0[2] may be marked N/A if DVM NOT used. 3) Up to one inoperable excore channel can be marked N/A if THERMAL POWER is < 75% RTP. [1] RECORD DVM information:
[2]    NOTIFY SM/Unit SRO that this Instruction is complete.                ________
TVA M&TE ID:  _____________________  Cal Due Date:  _____/_____/___________ ________ [2] ENSURE required M&TE is within its current calibration. ________
NOTES
WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 18 of 25  Attachment 1 (Page 2 of 4) QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents  Data Package:  Page ____      Date ________    1.0 QPTR DETERMINATION USING DETECTOR CURRENTS (continued)      CAUTION An inadvertent reactor trip may be prevented by ensuring that no power range channel's neutron high flux rate or power range high flux bistables are in the tripped condition prior to taking EACH measurement in the NIS Power Range Drawer B. NOTES 1) The following determination may be made by measuring the voltage across the 1000 ohm precision resistor in NIS power range drawer B. When using this method the Ohm's Law conversion from a millivolt measurement to a microamp measurement only requires changing the unit designator (e.g., 280 millivolts converts to 280 microamps). 2) Detector A is the TOP or UPPER Detector and Detector B is the BOTTOM or LOWER detector on the NIS drawer B [3] DETERMINE the microamps for each upper and lower excore detector on each NIS power range drawer B, AND  RECORD below. UPPER DETECTOR LOWER DETECTOR NIS Channel It Detector Current (microamps) Ib Detector Current (microamps) N-41A  N-42A  N-43A  N-44A    ________
: 1)  The independent review performed on the STS sheet may be performed by either Operations or Reactor Engineering.
WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 19 of 25  Attachment 1 (Page 3 of 4) QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents  Data Package:  Page ____      Date ________    1.0 QPTR DETERMINATION USING DETECTOR CURRENTS (continued)      NOTE Rt and Rb (detector calibration data) changes periodically throughout the cycle. Current values are on Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-2, NIS Calibration Data. [4] OBTAIN and RECORD  values of Rt and Rb(volts/ microamps). UPPER DETECTOR LOWER DETECTOR NIS Channel Rt (volts/ microamps) Rb (volts/ microamps) N-41A  N-42A  N-43A  N-44A    ________ [5] CALCULATE calibrated output voltages by multiplying the uncalibrated detector output currents by Rt or Rb (as applicable). A. Vt = It x Rt B. Vb = Ib x Rb  UPPER DETECTOR LOWER DETECTOR NIS Channel Vt Calib. Output Voltage Vb Calib. Output Voltage  N-41A  N-42A  N-43A  N-44A    ________
: 2)  The remaining steps in this section may be completed after SRO acceptance criteria review, but before the WO is closed.
WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 20 of 25  Attachment 1 (Page 4 of 4) QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents  Data Package:  Page ____      Date ________    1.0 QPTR DETERMINATION USING DETECTOR CURRENTS (continued)    [6] CALCULATE average calibrated output voltage for the upper and lower detectors. UPPER Vt LOWER Vb  AVERAGE    ________ [7] CALCULATE QPTR values by dividing each detector's (upper or lower) Calibration Output Voltage by the average (upper or lower) Calibration Output Voltage. A. QPTRt = Vt &#xf7; Avg Vt B. QPTRb = Vb &#xf7; Avg Vb  UPPER DETECTOR LOWER DETECTOR NIS Channel QPTRt Value QPTRb Value  N-41A  N-42A  N-43A  N-44A    ________ [8] OBTAIN a review of calculations, results and Tech Spec Acceptance Criteria by task qualified individual. ________
[3]    IF the performance of this instruction is for the weekly routine performance, THEN CONTINUE with Step 7.0[4].
WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 21 of 25  Attachment 2 (Page 1 of 2) Maintenance of QPTR Constants On the ICS  Data Package:  Page ____      Date ________ 1.0 CONSTANTS APPLICABLE TO THE ICS TILT REVIEW PROGRAM  Pt Mnemonic Point Description Point ID Units Source Q1UTILTF UPPER Q1 NIS TILT NORM FACTOR (CH 43) K0600 NONE XR-RCON Q2UTILTF UPPER Q2 NIS TILT NORM FACTOR (CH 42) K0601 NONE XR-RCON Q3UTILTF UPPER Q3 NIS TILT NORM FACTOR (CH 44) K0602 NONE XR-RCON Q4UTILTF UPPER Q4 NIS TILT NORM FACTOR (CH 41) K0603 NONE XR-RCON Q1LTILTF LOWER Q1 NIS TILT NORM FACTOR (CH 43) K0604 NONE XR-RCON Q2LTILTF LOWER Q2 NIS TILT NORM FACTOR (CH 42) K0605 NONE XR-RCON Q3LTILTF LOWER Q3 NIS TILT NORM FACTOR (CH 44) K0606 NONE XR-RCON Q4LTILTF LOWER Q4 NIS TILT NORM FACTOR (CH 41) K0607 NONE XR-RCON UPQPTLIM UPPER NIS TILT ALARM LIMIT K0608 NONE XR-RCON LOQPTLIM LOWER NIS TILT ALARM LIMIT K0609 NONE XR-RCON PRQPTLIM POWER RANGE NIS TILT ALARM LIMIT K0610 NONE XR-RCON WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 22 of 25  Attachment 2 (Page 2 of 2) Maintenance of QPTR Constants On the ICS  Data Package:  Page ____      Date ________    1.0 CONSTANTS APPLICABLE TO THE ICS TILT REVIEW PROGRAM (continued)    [1] OBTAIN the latest source document for the applicable constant to be updated. This may be the Unit 1 Core Operating Limit Report or a performance package from a Surveillance Instruction or other applicable approved document. ________ [2] RECORD the Point ID and current as found value of the applicable constant(s) to be updated on the STS sheet. ________ [3] RECORD the Point ID and new value of the applicable constant(s) to be updated on the STS sheet OR ATTACH a copy of the applicable source document (applicable pages) to the data package. ________ [4] UPDATE the ICS as applicable. ________ [5] VERIFY the constants that have been updated on the ICS match the proposed new constants provided in Step 1.0[3] above. ________  
OTHERWISE, MARK the remainder of this instruction N/A.               ________
[4]     EVALUATE the need to update the Reactivity Briefing Binder.         ________
[5]     IF the Reactivity Briefing Binder needs updating, THEN INITIATE an update.                                                 ________
[6]     TREND the indications for the RCS Loop T and Tavg.3                 ________
[7]     IF the trends indicate that an RCS Loop T is approximately 0.7% deviant from THERMAL POWER, THEN PERFORM the following:
A. NOTIFY the applicable Engineer that TI-68.011 needs to be performed to update the applicable Delta To.3               ________
[8]     IF the trends indicate that an RCS Loop Tavg is approximately 0.7&deg;F deviant from Tavgo at nominal full power, THEN PERFORM the following:
A. NOTIFY the applicable Engineer that TI-68.011 needs to be performed to update the applicable Tavgo.3                   ________


________
WBN                       Excore QPTR                 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                          &                      Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference            Page 16 of 25 8.0   RECORDS 8.1   QA Records The Data Package is a QA record, is handled in accordance with the Document Control and Records Management Program, and contains the following:
CV WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 23 of 25   Attachment 3 (Page 1 of 2) Maintenance of AFD And Target Band Constants  On The ICS  Data Package:  Page ____      Date ________ 1.0 CONSTANTS APPLICABLE TO THE ICS OF AFD AND TARGET BAND PROGRAM. NOTE Most of these constants may be updated using the ICS UPDATE CONSTANTS function on the AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE MAIN MENU. Pt Mnemonic Point Description Point ID Units Source MAXCTP REAC TOTAL THERMAL AT 100 PC Q K0029 MW  KAFD1 INC/EXC OFFSET RATIO QUAD 1 (CH 3) K0551 %/Volt XR-RCON KAFD2 INC/EXC OFFSET RATIO QUAD 2 (CH 2) K0552 %/Volt XR-RCON KAFD3 INC/EXC OFFSET RATIO QUAD 3 (CH 4) K0553 %/Volt XR-RCON KAFD4 INC/EXC OFFSET RATIO QUAD 4 (CH 1) K0554 %/Volt XR-RCON LOOFFSET RAOC NEG AFD WARNING BAND TO LIMIT K2022 % XR-RCON HIOFFSET RAOC POS AFD WARNING BAND TO LIMIT K2023 PCT XR-RCON AFLLX RAOC NEGATIVE AFD LIMIT AT 50% POWER K2024X PCT XR-RCON AFLLY RAOC NEGATIVE AFD LO PWR SETPT (50%) K2024Y PCT XR-RCON AFLUX RAOC NEGATIVE AFD LIMIT AT FULL POWER K2025X PCT XR-RCON AFLUY RAOC NEGATIVE AFD BRKPT POWER (100%) K2025Y PCT XR-RCON AFHUX RAOC POSITIVE AFD LIMIT AT FULL POWER K2026X PCT XR-RCON AFHUY RAOC POSITIVE AFD BRKPT POWER (100%) K2026Y PCT XR-RCON AFHLX RAOC POSITIVE AFD LIMIT AT 50% PWR K2027X PCT XR-RCON AFHLY RAOC POSITIVE AFD LOW PWR STPT (50%) K2027Y PCT XR-RCON AFDTARG AFD TARGET VALUE AT FULL POWER K2028 PCT XR-RCON OFFSTL AFD NEGATIVE BANDWITH FROM TARGET K2029 PCT XR-RCON OFFSTH AFD POSITIVE BANDWITH FROM TARGET K2030 PCT XR-RCON  TIME OUT OF BAND LIMIT  -  AFD K2031 MIN WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 24 of 25  Attachment 3 (Page 2 of 2) Maintenance of AFD And Target Band Constants  On The ICS  Data Package:  Page ____      Date ________    1.0 CONSTANTS APPLICABLE TO THE ICS OF AFD AND TARGET BAND PROGRAM. (continued)    [1] OBTAIN the latest source document for the applicable constant to be updated. This may be the Unit 1 Core Operating Limit Report or a performance package from a Surveillance Instruction or other applicable approved document. ________ [2] RECORD the Point ID and current as found value of the applicable constant(s) to be updated on the STS sheet. ________ [3] RECORD the Point ID and new value of the applicable constant(s) to be updated on the STS sheet OR ATTACH a copy of the applicable source document (applicable pages) to the data package. ________ [4] UPDATE the ICS as applicable. ________ [5] VERIFY the constants that had been updated on the ICS match the proposed new constants provided in Step 1.0[3] above. ________
Completed parts of Sections 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, and 7.0 Completed Attachments Surveillance Task Sheet Other sheets added during the performance 8.2  Non-QA Records No non-QA records are created by this Instruction.


________
WBN                         Excore QPTR               1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                            &                    Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference          Page 17 of 25 Attachment 1 (Page 1 of 4)
CV WBN Unit 1 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 25 of 25   Source Notes (Page 1 of 1) Requirements Statement Source Document Implementing Statement Referenced more conservative limits of Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1 instead of the Unit 1 COLR Limits. WBPER960655 1 Corrective action to prevent missing surveillance requirements. WBPER970101 2 Trend RCS Delta T and T' values for potential update and notify the applicable Engineer, as necessary. WBN PER 492835 3 
QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents Data Package: Page ____                                              Date ________
1.0    QPTR DETERMINATION USING DETECTOR CURRENTS NOTES
: 1) Determining detector currents by measuring the voltage across the detector's meter test points, using a DVM, is the most accurate method for measuring QPTR and for determining the validity of a QPTR alarm.
: 2) Using the detector current meter readings is another method to quickly check that QPTR is within limits. These meters are NOT as accurate as the DVM readings and may produce unacceptable results because: 1) the meters on the B drawer may be scaled too high or (2) the meter may be unstable due to drift or noise. When unacceptable results are obtained, DVM readings should be obtained; otherwise, Step 1.0[1] and 1.0[2] may be marked N/A if DVM NOT used.
: 3) Up to one inoperable excore channel can be marked N/A if THERMAL POWER is
    < 75% RTP.
[1]    RECORD DVM information:
TVA M&TE ID: _____________________
Cal Due Date: _____/_____/___________                              ________
[2]    ENSURE required M&TE is within its current calibration.           ________


2015301NRCEXAMAdministrativeJPM3S WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3 S 2015-301 NRC EXAM Page 2 of 10  EVALUATION SHEET Task: EVALUATE CONDITIONS AND APPLY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Alternate Path: n/a Facility JPM #: Modified. Safety Function: N/A Title: Equipment Control. K/A 2.2.37 Ability to determine operability and/or availability of safety related equipment. Rating(s): 3.6/4.6 CFR: 41.7 / 43.5 / 45.12   Evaluation Method: Simulator In-Plant Classroom X
WBN                        Excore QPTR                      1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                              &                      Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference              Page 18 of 25 Attachment 1 (Page 2 of 4)
QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents Data Package: Page ____                                                Date ________
1.0    QPTR DETERMINATION USING DETECTOR CURRENTS (continued)
CAUTION An inadvertent reactor trip may be prevented by ensuring that no power range channels neutron high flux rate or power range high flux bistables are in the tripped condition prior to taking EACH measurement in the NIS Power Range Drawer B.
NOTES
: 1)  The following determination may be made by measuring the voltage across the 1000 ohm precision resistor in NIS power range drawer B. When using this method the Ohm's Law conversion from a millivolt measurement to a microamp measurement only requires changing the unit designator (e.g., 280 millivolts converts to 280 microamps).
: 2)  Detector A is the TOP or UPPER Detector and Detector B is the BOTTOM or LOWER detector on the NIS drawer B
[3]    DETERMINE the microamps for each upper and lower excore detector on each NIS power range drawer B, AND RECORD below.
UPPER DETECTOR          LOWER DETECTOR NIS Channel      It Detector Current    Ib Detector Current (microamps)            (microamps)
N-41A N-42A N-43A N-44A
 
WBN                            Excore QPTR                      1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                                  &                        Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference                Page 19 of 25 Attachment 1 (Page 3 of 4)
QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents Data Package: Page ____                                                      Date ________
1.0      QPTR DETERMINATION USING DETECTOR CURRENTS (continued)
NOTE Rt and Rb (detector calibration data) changes periodically throughout the cycle. Current values are on Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-2, NIS Calibration Data.
[4]    OBTAIN and RECORD values of Rt and Rb(volts/ microamps).
UPPER DETECTOR          LOWER DETECTOR NIS Channel        Rt (volts/ microamps)  Rb (volts/ microamps)
N-41A N-42A N-43A N-44A
[5]    CALCULATE calibrated output voltages by multiplying the uncalibrated detector output currents by Rt or Rb (as applicable).
A. Vt = It x Rt B. Vb = Ib x Rb UPPER DETECTOR          LOWER DETECTOR NIS Channel      Vt Calib. Output Voltage Vb Calib. Output Voltage N-41A N-42A N-43A N-44A
 
WBN                        Excore QPTR                    1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                          &                        Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference              Page 20 of 25 Attachment 1 (Page 4 of 4)
QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents Data Package: Page ____                                              Date ________
1.0  QPTR DETERMINATION USING DETECTOR CURRENTS (continued)
[6]  CALCULATE average calibrated output voltage for the upper and lower detectors.
UPPER Vt            LOWER Vb AVERAGE
[7]  CALCULATE QPTR values by dividing each detector's (upper or lower) Calibration Output Voltage by the average (upper or lower) Calibration Output Voltage.
A. QPTRt = Vt &#xf7; Avg Vt B. QPTRb = Vb &#xf7; Avg Vb UPPER DETECTOR      LOWER DETECTOR NIS Channel      QPTRt Value          QPTRb Value N-41A N-42A N-43A N-44A
[8]  OBTAIN a review of calculations, results and Tech Spec Acceptance Criteria by task qualified individual.                  ________
 
WBN                      Excore QPTR            1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                          &              Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference      Page 21 of 25 Attachment 2 (Page 1 of 2)
Maintenance of QPTR Constants On the ICS Data Package: Page ____                                    Date ________
1.0      CONSTANTS APPLICABLE TO THE ICS TILT REVIEW PROGRAM Pt Mnemonic                  Point Description          Point ID Units  Source Q1UTILTF    UPPER Q1 NIS TILT NORM FACTOR (CH 43)      K0600  NONE  XR-RCON Q2UTILTF    UPPER Q2 NIS TILT NORM FACTOR (CH 42)      K0601  NONE  XR-RCON Q3UTILTF    UPPER Q3 NIS TILT NORM FACTOR (CH 44)      K0602  NONE  XR-RCON Q4UTILTF    UPPER Q4 NIS TILT NORM FACTOR (CH 41)      K0603  NONE  XR-RCON Q1LTILTF  LOWER Q1 NIS TILT NORM FACTOR (CH 43)      K0604    NONE  XR-RCON Q2LTILTF  LOWER Q2 NIS TILT NORM FACTOR (CH 42)      K0605    NONE  XR-RCON Q3LTILTF  LOWER Q3 NIS TILT NORM FACTOR (CH 44)      K0606    NONE  XR-RCON Q4LTILTF  LOWER Q4 NIS TILT NORM FACTOR (CH 41)      K0607    NONE  XR-RCON UPQPTLIM    UPPER NIS TILT ALARM LIMIT                  K0608  NONE  XR-RCON LOQPTLIM    LOWER NIS TILT ALARM LIMIT                  K0609  NONE  XR-RCON PRQPTLIM    POWER RANGE NIS TILT ALARM LIMIT            K0610  NONE  XR-RCON
 
WBN                        Excore QPTR                  1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                          &                      Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference            Page 22 of 25 Attachment 2 (Page 2 of 2)
Maintenance of QPTR Constants On the ICS Data Package: Page ____                                              Date ________
1.0  CONSTANTS APPLICABLE TO THE ICS TILT REVIEW PROGRAM (continued)
[1]  OBTAIN the latest source document for the applicable constant to be updated. This may be the Unit 1 Core Operating Limit Report or a performance package from a Surveillance Instruction or other applicable approved document.                                                          ________
[2]  RECORD the Point ID and current as found value of the applicable constant(s) to be updated on the STS sheet.            ________
[3]  RECORD the Point ID and new value of the applicable constant(s) to be updated on the STS sheet OR ATTACH a copy of the applicable source document (applicable pages) to the data package.                            ________
[4]  UPDATE the ICS as applicable.                                      ________
[5]  VERIFY the constants that have been updated on the ICS match the proposed new constants provided in Step 1.0[3]
above.                                                            ________
CV
 
WBN                      Excore QPTR              1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                          &                Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference        Page 23 of 25 Attachment 3 (Page 1 of 2)
Maintenance of AFD And Target Band Constants On The ICS Data Package: Page ____                                        Date ________
1.0      CONSTANTS APPLICABLE TO THE ICS OF AFD AND TARGET BAND PROGRAM.
NOTE Most of these constants may be updated using the ICS UPDATE CONSTANTS function on the AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE MAIN MENU.
Pt Mnemonic                  Point Description            Point ID Units    Source MAXCTP      REAC TOTAL THERMAL AT 100 PC Q              K0029    MW KAFD1      INC/EXC OFFSET RATIO QUAD 1 (CH 3)          K0551  %/Volt  XR-RCON KAFD2      INC/EXC OFFSET RATIO QUAD 2 (CH 2)          K0552  %/Volt  XR-RCON KAFD3      INC/EXC OFFSET RATIO QUAD 3 (CH 4)          K0553  %/Volt  XR-RCON KAFD4      INC/EXC OFFSET RATIO QUAD 4 (CH 1)          K0554  %/Volt  XR-RCON LOOFFSET    RAOC NEG AFD WARNING BAND TO LIMIT          K2022    %    XR-RCON HIOFFSET    RAOC POS AFD WARNING BAND TO LIMIT          K2023  PCT    XR-RCON AFLLX      RAOC NEGATIVE AFD LIMIT AT 50% POWER        K2024X  PCT    XR-RCON AFLLY      RAOC NEGATIVE AFD LO PWR SETPT (50%)        K2024Y  PCT    XR-RCON AFLUX      RAOC NEGATIVE AFD LIMIT AT FULL POWER      K2025X  PCT    XR-RCON AFLUY      RAOC NEGATIVE AFD BRKPT POWER (100%)        K2025Y  PCT    XR-RCON AFHUX      RAOC POSITIVE AFD LIMIT AT FULL POWER      K2026X  PCT    XR-RCON AFHUY      RAOC POSITIVE AFD BRKPT POWER (100%)        K2026Y  PCT    XR-RCON AFHLX      RAOC POSITIVE AFD LIMIT AT 50% PWR          K2027X  PCT    XR-RCON AFHLY      RAOC POSITIVE AFD LOW PWR STPT (50%)        K2027Y  PCT    XR-RCON AFDTARG      AFD TARGET VALUE AT FULL POWER              K2028  PCT    XR-RCON OFFSTL      AFD NEGATIVE BANDWITH FROM TARGET            K2029  PCT    XR-RCON OFFSTH      AFD POSITIVE BANDWITH FROM TARGET            K2030  PCT    XR-RCON TIME OUT OF BAND LIMIT - AFD                K2031    MIN
 
WBN                        Excore QPTR                  1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                          &                      Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference            Page 24 of 25 Attachment 3 (Page 2 of 2)
Maintenance of AFD And Target Band Constants On The ICS Data Package: Page ____                                              Date ________
1.0  CONSTANTS APPLICABLE TO THE ICS OF AFD AND TARGET BAND PROGRAM. (continued)
[1]  OBTAIN the latest source document for the applicable constant to be updated. This may be the Unit 1 Core Operating Limit Report or a performance package from a Surveillance Instruction or other applicable approved document.                                                          ________
[2]  RECORD the Point ID and current as found value of the applicable constant(s) to be updated on the STS sheet.            ________
[3]  RECORD the Point ID and new value of the applicable constant(s) to be updated on the STS sheet OR ATTACH a copy of the applicable source document (applicable pages) to the data package.                            ________
[4]  UPDATE the ICS as applicable.                                      ________
[5]  VERIFY the constants that had been updated on the ICS match the proposed new constants provided in Step 1.0[3]
above.                                                            ________
CV
 
WBN                      Excore QPTR                1-SI-0-21 Unit 1                            &                  Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference        Page 25 of 25 Source Notes (Page 1 of 1)
Implementing Requirements Statement                    Source Document            Statement Referenced more conservative limits of            WBPER960655                  1 Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1 instead of the Unit 1 COLR Limits.
Corrective action to prevent missing              WBPER970101                  2 surveillance requirements.
Trend RCS Delta T and T values for              WBN PER 492835                3 potential update and notify the applicable Engineer, as necessary.
 
Watts Bar Nuclear Plant 2015301 NRC EXAM Administrative JPM 3 S
 
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3S 2015-301 NRC EXAM EVALUATION SHEET Task:               EVALUATE CONDITIONS AND APPLY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Alternate Path:     n/a Facility JPM #:     Modified.
Safety Function:     N/A
 
==Title:==
Equipment Control.
K/A         2.2.37       Ability to determine operability and/or availability of safety related equipment.
Rating(s):   3.6/4.6       CFR:       41.7 / 43.5 / 45.12 Evaluation Method:     Simulator                 In-Plant                     Classroom           X


==References:==
==References:==
WBN Technical Specifications, Amendment 98. 1-PI-OPS-1-PE, Protected Equipment, Rev 15. Task Number: RO-119-SSP-12 -007 Title: Monitor plant conditions to ensure compliance with Technical Specification Limited Conditions for Operation (LCO) requirements. Task Standard: PART 1: The applicant determines that entry into LCO 3.7.5, Auxiliary Feedwater (AFW) System, Condition B is required, and TD AFW pump must be returned to OPERABLE status within 72 hours. PART 2 The applicant determines equipment which needs to be protected using 1-PI-OPS-1-PE, Protected Equipment, Rev 15 Page 32 of 68 Table TD AFWP. Validation Time: 15 minutes Time Critical:   Yes No X ========================================================================================= Applicant: ___________________________ _________________ Time Start:   ________ NAME Docket No. Time Finish: ________   Performance Rating:   SAT ____ UNSAT ____ Performance Time ___     Examiner: _____________________________ _____________________________/________ NAME SIGNATURE DATE ========================================================================================== COMMENTS WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3 S 2015-301 NRC EXAM Page 3 of 10  Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed: Laptop Computer. NRC REFERENCE DISK. *NOTE: This JPM is designed to be performed in a classroom with procedures available to the applicant via a laptop computer loaded with the NRC REFERENCE DISK.
WBN Technical Specifications, Amendment 98.
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3 S 2015-301 NRC EXAM Page 4 of 10    DIRECTIONS TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT: I will explain the initial conditions and state the task to be performed. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the cue sheet I provided you. INITIAL CONDITIONS: 1. Unit 1 is in MODE 1, 100% power. 2. A steam leak downstream of 1-FCV-1-17, MAIN STEAM AUX FWP HDR SUPPLY ISOL has developed and was subsequently isolated. INITIATING CUES: PART 1 Based on the INITIAL CONDITIONS given, determine what, if any Technical Specification LCO(s) must be entered and required actions.
1-PI-OPS-1-PE, Protected Equipment, Rev 15.
LCO (s):______________________________________   ACTION: ______________________________________   PART 2 Determine and then list what, if any equipment must be protected based on the conditions given.  
Task Number:     RO-119-SSP-12 -007
 
==Title:==
Monitor plant conditions to ensure compliance with Technical Specification Limited Conditions for Operation (LCO) requirements.
Task Standard:       PART 1:
The applicant determines that entry into LCO 3.7.5, Auxiliary Feedwater (AFW)
System, Condition B is required, and TD AFW pump must be returned to OPERABLE status within 72 hours.
PART 2 The applicant determines equipment which needs to be protected using 1-PI-OPS-1-PE, Protected Equipment, Rev 15 Page 32 of 68 Table TD AFWP.
Validation Time:         15     minutes               Time Critical:         Yes           No   X
=========================================================================================
Applicant:   ___________________________               _________________       Time Start: ________
NAME                         Docket No.         Time Finish: ________
Performance Rating: SAT ____ UNSAT ____                                         Performance Time ___
Examiner: _____________________________                 _____________________________/________
NAME                                       SIGNATURE                     DATE
==========================================================================================
COMMENTS Page 2 of 10
 
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3S 2015-301 NRC EXAM Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
* Laptop Computer.
* NRC REFERENCE DISK.
*NOTE: This JPM is designed to be performed in a classroom with procedures available to the applicant via a laptop computer loaded with the NRC REFERENCE DISK.
Page 3 of 10
 
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3S 2015-301 NRC EXAM DIRECTIONS TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions and state the task to be performed. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the cue sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit 1 is in MODE 1, 100% power.
: 2. A steam leak downstream of 1-FCV-1-17, MAIN STEAM AUX FWP HDR SUPPLY ISOL has developed and was subsequently isolated.
INITIATING CUES:
PART 1 Based on the INITIAL CONDITIONS given, determine what, if any Technical Specification LCO(s) must be entered and required actions.
LCO (s):______________________________________
ACTION: ______________________________________
PART 2 Determine and then list what, if any equipment must be protected based on the conditions given.
Page 4 of 10
 
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3S 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD                                  SAT/UNSAT START TIME: _______
STEP 1:  Applicant locates and evaluates information contained in INITIAL ___ SAT CONDITIONS and determines that LCO 3.7.5, Condition A is NOT applicable.                                                  ___ UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant determines that 1-FCV-1-15, SG 1 STEAM SUPPLY TO T-D AFW PMP and 1-FCV-1-16, SG 4 STEAM SUPPLY TO T-D AFW PMP remain OPERABLE.
COMMENTS:
STEP 2:  Applicant evaluates information contained in INITIAL              CRITICAL CONDITIONS and determines that LCO 3.7.5, Condition B                STEP IS applicable
___ SAT STANDARD:
Applicant determines that the isolation of the leak downstream of      ___ UNSAT 1-FCV-1-17, MAIN STEAM AUX FWP HDR SUPPLY ISOL renders the TD AFW pump INOPERABLE, requiring entry into Condition B.
COMMENTS:
Page 5 of 10
 
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3S 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD                                SAT/UNSAT EXAMINER: The CRITICAL TASK associated with Step 3 may be satisfied by the applicant indicating the information is contained on 1-PI-OPS-1-PE, PROTECTED EQUIPMENT, Page 32 of 68, TDAFW PUMP.
STEP 3: Applicant locates 1-PI-OPS-1-PE, Protected Equipment, and          CRITICAL locates table pertaining to TD AFW PUMP.                            STEP STANDARD:
___ SAT Applicant determines the following equipment is required to be protected:                                                              ___ UNSAT 1-HS-3-118A, AFW PMP A-A on 1-M-4 1-HS-2-128A,AFW PMP B-B on 1-M-4 MDAFW PUMP 1A on AB Elev. 713; 6.9kV SD Bd 1A-A COMP 10 MD AFW PUMP 1B on AB Elev. 713; 6.9kV SD Bd 1B-B COMP 10 1-BKR-3-118 AFW PUMP 1A-A 1-BKR-3-128 AFW PUMP 1B-B 1A EDG 1B EDG 480V Diesel Aux Bd 1A1-A 480V Diesel Aux Bd 1A2-A 480V Diesel Aux Bd 1B1-B 480V Diesel Aux Bd 1B2-B COMMENTS:
STOP TIME ________
Page 6 of 10
 
3S Key DO NOT HAND TO APPLICANT
 
3-S KEY PART 1 Based on the INITIAL CONDITIONS given, determine what, if any Technical Specification LCOs must be entered.
LCO: 3.7.5, Auxiliary Feedwater (AFW) System CONDITION: B. One AFW train inoperable in MODE 1, 2, or 3 for reasons other than Condition A, restore AFW train to OPERABLE status within 72 hours AND 10 days from discovery of failure to meet LCO.
NOTE:
The steam supplies addressed in CONDITION A are 1-FCV-1-15 and 1-FCV-1-16, which are the automatic valves from SG 1 and SG 4 respectively. The initial conditions state that the leak is downstream of 1-FCV-1-17, a steam isolation valve. Entry into CONDITION A is incorrect.
PART 2 Determine and then list what, if any equipment must be protected based on the conditions given.
The applicant determines equipment needing to be protected using 1-PI-OPS-1-PE, Protected Equipment, Rev 15 Page 32 of 68, Table TD AFWP.


WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3 S 2015-301 NRC EXAM  STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT  Page 5 of 10  START TIME: _______ STEP 1: Applicant locates and evaluates information contained in INITIAL CONDITIONS and determines that LCO 3.7.5, Condition A is NOT applicable. STANDARD: Applicant determines that 1-FCV-1-15, SG 1 STEAM SUPPLY TO T-D AFW PMP and 1-FCV-1-16, SG 4 STEAM SUPPLY TO T-D AFW PMP remain OPERABLE. COMMENTS:
AFW System 3.7.5 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS 3.7.5 Auxiliary Feedwater (AFW) System LCO 3.7.5                       Three AFW trains shall be OPERABLE.
___ SAT
                                ----------------------------------------------NOTE---------------------------------------------------
___ UNSAT
Only one AFW train, which includes a motor driven pump, is required to be OPERABLE in MODE 4.
APPLICABILITY:                 MODES 1, 2, and 3, MODE 4 when steam generator is relied upon for heat removal.
ACTIONS
---------------------------------------------------------------NOTE----------------------------------------------------------------
LCO 3.0.4.b is not applicable when entering MODE 1.
CONDITION                                      REQUIRED ACTION                            COMPLETION TIME A. One steam supply to turbine                A.1        Restore steam supply to                      7 days driven AFW pump inoperable.                            OPERABLE status.
AND 10 days from discovery of failure to meet the LCO B. One AFW train inoperable in                B.1        Restore AFW train to                        72 hours MODE 1, 2 or 3 for reasons                            OPERABLE status.
other than Condition A.                                                                            AND 10 days from discovery of failure to meet the LCO (continued)
Watts Bar-Unit 1                                                3.7-11                                                Amendment 55


STEP 2: Applicant evaluates information contained in INITIAL CONDITIONS and determines that LCO 3.7.5, Condition B IS applicable STANDARD:  Applicant determines that the isolation of the leak downstream of 1-FCV-1-17, MAIN STEAM AUX FWP HDR SUPPLY ISOL renders the TD AFW pump INOPERABLE, requiring entry into Condition B. COMMENTS: 
WBN                Protected Equipment                  1-PI-OPS-1-PE Unit 1                                                  Rev. 0015 Page 32 of 68 Attachment 2 (Page 19 of 25)
Protected Equipment Log (Modes 1 through 4)
Degraded/ OOS Component              TDAFW PUMP Protected Component        Location        Date Installed Date Removed    Comments 1-HS-3-118A                    1-M-4 AFW PMP A-A 1-HS-3-128A                    1-M-4 AFW PMP B-B MDAFW PUMP 1A            AUX BLDG ELEV 713 MDAFW PUMP 1B            AUX BLDG ELEV 713 1-BKR-3-118              6.9kV SD Bd 1A-A AFW PUMP 1A-A                COMP 10 1-BKR-3-128              6.9kV SD Bd 1B-B AFW PUMP 1B-B                COMP 10 1A EDG                    Per Attachment 2 1B EDG                    Per Attachment 2 480V Diesel Aux Bd 1A1-A    DGB ELEV 760 480V Diesel Aux Bd 1A2-A    DGB ELEV 760 480V Diesel Aux Bd 1B1-B   DGB ELEV 760 480V Diesel Aux Bd 1B2-B    DGB ELEV 760


CRITICAL STEP  ___ SAT
3S Handout Package for Applicant
___ UNSAT 


WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3 S 2015-301 NRC EXAM  STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT  Page 6 of 10  EXAMINER: The CRITICAL TASK associated with Step 3 may be satisfied by the applicant indicating the information is contained on 1-PI-OPS-1-PE, PROTECTED EQUIPMENT, Page 32 of 68, TDAFW PUMP. STEP 3:   Applicant locates 1-PI-OPS-1-PE, Protected Equipment, and locates table pertaining to TD AFW PUMP. STANDARD:   Applicant determines the following equipment is required to be protected: 1-HS-3-118A, AFW PMP A-A on 1-M-4 1-HS-2-128A,AFW PMP B-B on 1-M-4 MDAFW PUMP 1A on AB Elev. 713; 6.9kV SD Bd 1A-A COMP 10 MD AFW PUMP 1B on AB Elev. 713; 6.9kV SD Bd 1B-B COMP 10 1-BKR-3-118 AFW PUMP 1A-A 1-BKR-3-128 AFW PUMP 1B-B 1A EDG 1B EDG 480V Diesel Aux Bd 1A1-A  480V Diesel Aux Bd 1A2-A 480V Diesel Aux Bd 1B1-B 480V Diesel Aux Bd 1B2-B COMMENTS: 
APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 3. Unit 1 is in MODE 1, 100% power.
: 4. A steam leak downstream of 1-FCV-1-17, MAIN STEAM AUX FWP HDR SUPPLY ISOL has developed and was subsequently isolated.
INITIATING CUES:
PART 1 Based on the INITIAL CONDITIONS given, determine what, if any Technical Specification LCO(s) must be entered and required actions.
LCO (s):______________________________________
ACTION: ______________________________________
PART 2 Determine and then list what, if any equipment must be protected based on the conditions given.
3S


CRITICAL STEP  ___ SAT
Watts Bar Nuclear Plant 2015301 NRC EXAM Administrative JPM 4


___ UNSAT
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 4
2015-301 NRC EXAM EVALUATION SHEET Task:                CALCULATE THE MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE STAY TIME WITHIN EMERGENCY DOSE LIMITS Alternate Path:      n/a Facility JPM #:      New Safety Function:    N/A


STOP TIME ________
==Title:==
3 S  Key DO NOT HAND TO APPLICANT 3-S KEY  PART 1 Based on the INITIAL CONDITIONS given, determine what, if any Technical Specification LCOs must be entered. LCO: 3.7.5, Auxiliary Feedwater (AFW) System  CONDITION: B. One AFW train inoperable in MODE 1, 2, or 3 for reasons other than Condition A, restore AFW train to OPERABLE status within 72 hours AND 10 days from discovery of failure to meet LCO. NOTE: The steam supplies addressed in CONDITION A are 1-FCV-1-15 and 1-FCV-1-16, which are the automatic valves from SG 1 and SG 4 respectively. The initial conditions state that the leak is downstream of 1-FCV-1-17, a steam isolation valve. Entry into CONDITION A is incorrect. PART 2 Determine and then list what, if any equipment must be protected based on the conditions given. The applicant determines equipment needing to be protected using 1-PI-OPS-1-PE, Protected Equipment, Rev 15 Page 32 of 68, Table TD AFWP.
Radiation Control K/A         2.3.4         Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
AFW System 3.7.5          Watts Bar-Unit 1 3.7-11 Amendment 55        3.7  PLANT SYSTEMS  3.7.5  Auxiliary Feedwater (AFW) System  LCO  3.7.5  Three AFW trains shall be OPERABLE.  ----------------------------------------------NOTE---------------------------------------------------  Only one AFW train, which includes a motor driven pump, is required to be OPERABLE in MODE 4.  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3,    MODE 4 when steam generator is relied upon for heat removal. ACTIONS  ---------------------------------------------------------------NOTE---------------------------------------------------------------- LCO 3.0.4.b is not applicable when entering MODE 1. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME  A. One steam supply to turbine driven AFW pump inoperable. A.1 Restore steam supply to OPERABLE status. 7 days  AND  10 days from discovery of failure to meet the LCO    B. One AFW train inoperable in MODE 1, 2 or 3 for reasons other than Condition A. B.1 Restore AFW train to OPERABLE status. 72 hours  AND  10 days from discovery of failure to meet the LCO    (continued)
Rating(s):   3.2/3.7       CFR:     41.12/43.4/45.10 Evaluation Method:     Simulator               In-Plant                     Classroom         X
WBN Unit 1 Protected Equipment 1-PI-OPS-1-PE Rev. 0015 Page 32 of 68  Attachment 2 (Page 19 of 25) Protected Equipment Log (Modes 1 through 4)  Degraded/ OOS Component TDAFW PUMP Protected Component Location Date InstalledDate Removed Comments 1-HS-3-118A AFW PMP A-A 1-M-4    1-HS-3-128A AFW PMP B-B 1-M-4    MDAFW PUMP 1A AUX BLDG ELEV 713    MDAFW PUMP 1B AUX BLDG ELEV 713    1-BKR-3-118 AFW PUMP 1A-A 6.9kV SD Bd 1A-A COMP 10    1-BKR-3-128 AFW PUMP 1B-B 6.9kV SD Bd 1B-B COMP 10    1A EDG Per Attachment 2    1B EDG Per Attachment 2    480V Diesel Aux Bd 1A1-A DGB ELEV 760    480V Diesel Aux Bd 1A2-A DGB ELEV 760    480V Diesel Aux Bd 1B1-B DGB ELEV 760    480V Diesel Aux Bd 1B2-B DGB ELEV 760 3 S Handout Package for Applicant APPLICANT CUE SHEET  (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)  3 S  INITIAL CONDITIONS: 3. Unit 1 is in MODE 1, 100% power. 4. A steam leak downstream of 1-FCV-1-17, MAIN STEAM AUX FWP HDR SUPPLY ISOL has developed and was subsequently isolated. INITIATING CUES:  PART 1 Based on the INITIAL CONDITIONS given, determine what, if any Technical Specification LCO(s) must be entered and required actions.
LCO (s):______________________________________  ACTION: ______________________________________  PART 2 Determine and then list what, if any equipment must be protected based on the conditions given.
2015301NRCEXAMAdministrativeJPM4 WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 4 2015-301 NRC EXAM  Page 2 of 12  EVALUATION SHEET Task: CALCULATE THE MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE STAY TIME WITHIN EMERGENCY DOSE LIMITS  Alternate Path: n/a  Facility JPM #: New  Safety Function: N/A Title: Radiation Control K/A 2.3.4 Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits. Rating(s): 3.2/3.7 CFR: 41.12/43.4/45.10   Evaluation Method: Simulator In-Plant Classroom X


==References:==
==References:==
EPIP-15, Emergency Exposure Guidelines, Rev. 16. Task Number: AUO-119-SSP-5.01-001 Title: Control personnel radiation exposure. Task Standard: The applicant: 1. Calculates the dose expected for Task #1 through Task #3. 2. Determines that Tasks #1 through #3 can be performed without exceeding equipment protection emergency dose limits. 3. Calculates the maximum allowable stay time for Task #4 to be 18 minutes. Validation Time:  18 minutes Time Critical:  Yes  No X ========================================================================================= Applicant: ___________________________ _________________ Time Start:    ________  NAME Docket No. Time Finish:  ________  Performance Rating:  SAT ____  UNSAT ____  Performance Time ___    Examiner: _____________________________ _____________________________/________  NAME  SIGNATURE DATE ==========================================================================================  COMMENTS WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 4 2015-301 NRC EXAM  Page 3 of 12  Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:  Laptop Computer. NRC REFERENCE DISK. *NOTE: This JPM is designed to be performed in a classroom with procedures available to the applicant via a laptop computer loaded with the NRC REFERENCE DISK.
EPIP-15, Emergency Exposure Guidelines, Rev. 16.
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 4 2015-301 NRC EXAM  Page 4 of 12  DIRECTIONS TO APPLICANT  DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:  I will explain the initial conditions and state the task to be performed. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the cue sheet I provided you. INITIAL CONDITIONS: 1. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on Unit 1. 2. 1A RHR Pump is air bound and must be vented per 1-AOI-14, Loss of RHR Shutdown Cooling.
Task Number:     AUO-119-SSP-5.01-001
: 3. The TSC has requested that 1B-B RHR Pump motor bearing oil levels be checked and filled as required after restoring 1A-A RHR Pump, suggests using the same Repair Team.
: 4. The tasks are listed in the table below, and estimated times (including transit to and from location) and dose rates have been provided. 5. Each Task must be performed in the order listed. 6. The equipment protection emergency dose limit is 10 REM. 7. You have been selected to perform the task. (Continued on next page)
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 4 2015-301 NRC EXAM  Page 5 of 12  INITIATING CUES: The Site Emergency Director (SED) directs you to perform the following with the information provided: 1. Calculate the expected dose for tasks 1 through 3 and document the results in the TABLE. Task # Location/Task Description Time allowed/req'd (minutes) Dose Rate (R/hr) Expected Dose 1 Elevation 676' 1A-A RHR Pump Room /Close RHR pump discharge isolation valve 1-ISV-74-520 10 3  2 #4 Accumulator Room / Vent common suction piping 1-TV-74-543, 1-TV-74-504 20 18  3 Elevation 676' 1A-A RHR Pump Room /Vent 1A-A RHR Pump discharge piping and pump casing and open RHR pump discharge isolation valve 1-ISV-74-520 40 3  4 Elevation 676' 1B-B RHR Pump Room / Inspect 1B-B RHR pump motor bearing oil levels and fill as required. 5  2. Answer the following:  Can you perform Tasks #1 through #3 without exceeding the equipment protection emergency dose limit?  (Circle one)  YES / NO  IF YES, then enter the permitted stay time for Task #4. IF NO, then state the highest sequential task # that can be performed, if any. 


WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 4 2015-301 NRC EXAM  STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT  Page 6 of 12  START TIME: _______ STEP 1:    Applicant calculates the EXPECTED DOSE for Tasks #1 through #3. STANDARD: Applicant determines the following:
==Title:==
EXPECTED DOSE for TASK # 1 (10 minutes/60 minutes/hour) x 3 R/hr = 0.5 R EXPECTED DOSE for TASK #2 (20 minutes/60 minutes/hr) x 18 R/hr = 6.0 R EXPECTED DOSE for TASK #3 (40 minutes/60 minutes/hr) x 3 R/hr = 2.0 R TOTAL EXPECTED DOSE for TASKS #1, #2 and #3 is 8.5 R. COMMENTS: 
Control personnel radiation exposure.
Task Standard:      The applicant:
: 1. Calculates the dose expected for Task #1 through Task #3.
: 2. Determines that Tasks #1 through #3 can be performed without exceeding equipment protection emergency dose limits.
: 3. Calculates the maximum allowable stay time for Task #4 to be 18 minutes.
Validation Time:          18    minutes             Time Critical:        Yes          No    X
=========================================================================================
Applicant:    ___________________________            _________________      Time Start: ________
NAME                      Docket No.         Time Finish: ________
Performance Rating: SAT ____ UNSAT ____                                      Performance Time ___
Examiner: _____________________________              _____________________________/________
NAME                                    SIGNATURE                    DATE
==========================================================================================
COMMENTS Page 2 of 12


CRITICAL STEP ___ SAT  ___ UNSAT STEP 2:   Applicant answers the question "Can you perform Tasks #1 through #3 without exceeding the equipment protection emergency dose limit?"  STANDARD:  Applicant circles YES on the APPLICANT CUE SHEET. COMMENTS: 
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 4
2015-301 NRC EXAM Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
* Laptop Computer.
* NRC REFERENCE DISK.
*NOTE: This JPM is designed to be performed in a classroom with procedures available to the applicant via a laptop computer loaded with the NRC REFERENCE DISK.
Page 3 of 12


CRITICAL STEP ___ SAT  ___ UNSAT
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 4
2015-301 NRC EXAM DIRECTIONS TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions and state the task to be performed. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the cue sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on Unit 1.
: 2. 1A RHR Pump is air bound and must be vented per 1-AOI-14, Loss of RHR Shutdown Cooling.
: 3. The TSC has requested that 1B-B RHR Pump motor bearing oil levels be checked and filled as required after restoring 1A-A RHR Pump, suggests using the same Repair Team.
: 4. The tasks are listed in the table below, and estimated times (including transit to and from location) and dose rates have been provided.
: 5. Each Task must be performed in the order listed.
: 6. The equipment protection emergency dose limit is 10 REM.
: 7. You have been selected to perform the task.
(Continued on next page)
Page 4 of 12


WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 4 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT  Page 7 of 12  STEP 3:   Applicant determines stay time limit for Task #4 must be less than or equal to 18 minutes. STANDARD: Applicant subtracts 8.5 R from the limit of 10 R and determines the remaining dose to be 1.5 R. Applicant divides 1.5 R by 5 R/hr (the expected dose for Task #4) and determines the stay time to be 0.3 hrs. Applicant multiplies 0.3 hr x 60 minutes/hr and determines a maximum stay time of 18 minutes for Task #4. Applicant enters 18 minutes for permitted stay time for Task #4. COMMENTS: 
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 4
2015-301 NRC EXAM INITIATING CUES:
The Site Emergency Director (SED) directs you to perform the following with the information provided:
: 1. Calculate the expected dose for tasks 1 through 3 and document the results in the TABLE.
Time      Dose Expected Task #                      Location/Task Description            allowed/reqd  Rate Dose (minutes)  (R/hr) 1     Elevation 676 1A-A RHR Pump Room /Close RHR pump              10          3 discharge isolation valve 1-ISV-74-520 2    #4 Accumulator Room / Vent common suction piping 1-TV      20        18 543, 1-TV-74-504 3    Elevation 676 1A-A RHR Pump Room /Vent 1A-A RHR Pump          40          3 discharge piping and pump casing and open RHR pump discharge isolation valve 1-ISV-74-520 4    Elevation 676 1B-B RHR Pump Room / Inspect 1B-B RHR pump                  5 motor bearing oil levels and fill as required.
: 2. Answer the following:
* Can you perform Tasks #1 through #3 without exceeding the equipment protection emergency dose limit? (Circle one)
YES              /           NO
* IF YES, then enter the permitted stay time for Task #4.
* IF NO, then state the highest sequential task # that can be performed, if any.
Page 5 of 12


CRITICAL STEP  ___ SAT
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 4
___ UNSAT  
2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD                          SAT/UNSAT START TIME: _______
STEP 1:  Applicant calculates the EXPECTED DOSE for                CRITICAL Tasks #1 through #3.                                        STEP STANDARD:                                                        ___ SAT Applicant determines the following:                            ___ UNSAT EXPECTED DOSE for TASK # 1 (10 minutes/60 minutes/hour) x 3 R/hr = 0.5 R EXPECTED DOSE for TASK #2 (20 minutes/60 minutes/hr) x 18 R/hr = 6.0 R EXPECTED DOSE for TASK #3 (40 minutes/60 minutes/hr) x 3 R/hr = 2.0 R TOTAL EXPECTED DOSE for TASKS #1, #2 and #3 is 8.5 R.
COMMENTS:
STEP 2:  Applicant answers the question Can you perform Tasks #1   CRITICAL through #3 without exceeding the equipment protection        STEP emergency dose limit?                                  ___ SAT STANDARD:                                                          ___ UNSAT Applicant circles YES on the APPLICANT CUE SHEET.
COMMENTS:
Page 6 of 12


WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 4
2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD                                    SAT/UNSAT STEP 3: Applicant determines stay time limit for Task #4 must be less        CRITICAL than or equal to 18 minutes.                                            STEP STANDARD:
Applicant subtracts 8.5 R from the limit of 10 R and determines the      ___ SAT remaining dose to be 1.5 R.
Applicant divides 1.5 R by 5 R/hr (the expected dose for Task #4) and    ___ UNSAT determines the stay time to be 0.3 hrs. Applicant multiplies 0.3 hr x 60 minutes/hr and determines a maximum stay time of 18 minutes for Task
    #4.
Applicant enters 18 minutes for permitted stay time for Task #4.
COMMENTS:
STOP TIME ________
STOP TIME ________
3 S  Key 
Page 7 of 12


DO NOT HAND TO APPLICANT 22001155--330011  NNRRCC  EEXXAAMM  JJPPMM  44  KKEEYY    1. Calculate the expected dose for tasks 1 through 3 and document the results in the TABLE. Task # Location/Task Description Time allowed/req'd (minutes) Dose Rate (R/hr) Expected Dose 1 Elevation 676' 1A-A RHR Pump Room /Close RHR pump discharge isolation valve 1-ISV-74-520 10 3 0.5 2 #4 Accumulator Room / Vent common suction piping 1-TV-74-543, 1-TV-74-504 20 18 6 3 Elevation 676' 1A-A RHR Pump Room /Vent 1A-A RHR Pump discharge piping and pump casing and open RHR pump discharge isolation valve 1-ISV-74-520 40 3 2.5 4 Elevation 676' 1B-B RHR Pump Room / Inspect 1B-B RHR pump motor bearing oil levels and fill as required. 18 5 1.5 2. Answer the following:  Can you perform Tasks #1 through #3 without exceeding the equipment protection emergency dose limit?  (Circle one)    YES / NO  IF YES, then enter the permitted stay time for Task #4.            18 MINUTES . IF NO, then state the highest sequential task # that can be performed, if any. N/A .
3S Key DO NOT HAND TO APPLICANT


Handout Package for Applicant APPLICANT CUE SHEET  (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)  4 INITIAL CONDITIONS: 1. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on Unit 1. 2. 1A RHR Pump is air bound and must be vented per 1-AOI-14, Loss of RHR Shutdown Cooling. 3. The TSC has requested that 1B-B RHR Pump motor bearing oil levels be checked and filled as required after restoring 1A-A RHR Pump, suggests using the same Repair Team.
2015-301 NRC EXAM JPM 4 KEY
: 4. The tasks are listed in the table below, and estimated times (including transit to and from location) and dose rates have been provided. 5. Each Task must be performed in the order listed. 6. The equipment protection emergency dose limit is 10 REM. 7. You have been selected to perform the task.  (Continued on next page)
: 1. Calculate the expected dose for tasks 1 through 3 and document the results in the TABLE.
APPLICANT CUE SHEET  (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)  4  INITIATING CUES: The Site Emergency Director (SED) directs you to perform the following with the information provided: 1. Calculate the expected dose for tasks 1 through 3 and document the results in the TABLE. Task # Location/Task Description Time allowed/req'd (minutes) Dose Rate (R/hr) Expected Dose 1 Elevation 676' 1A-A RHR Pump Room /Close RHR pump discharge isolation valve 1-ISV-74-520 10 3  2 #4 Accumulator Room / Vent common suction piping 1-TV-74-543, 1-TV-74-504 20 18  3 Elevation 676' 1A-A RHR Pump Room /Vent 1A-A RHR Pump discharge piping and pump casing and open RHR pump discharge isolation valve 1-ISV-74-520 40 3  4 Elevation 676' 1B-B RHR Pump Room / Inspect 1B-B RHR pump motor bearing oil levels and fill as required. 2. Answer the following: Can you perform Tasks #1 through #4 without exceeding the equipment protection emergency dose limit? (Circle one)   YES / NO   IF YES, then enter the permitted stay time for Task #4. IF NO, then state the highest sequential task # that can be performed, if any.
Time          Dose Expected Task #                     Location/Task Description             allowed/reqd      Rate Dose (minutes)       (R/hr) 1     Elevation 676 1A-A RHR Pump Room /Close RHR pump             10              3      0.5 discharge isolation valve 1-ISV-74-520 2     #4 Accumulator Room / Vent common suction piping 1-TV     20            18      6 543, 1-TV-74-504 3     Elevation 676 1A-A RHR Pump Room /Vent 1A-A RHR Pump         40              3      2.5 discharge piping and pump casing and open RHR pump discharge isolation valve 1-ISV-74-520 4     Elevation 676 1B-B RHR Pump Room / Inspect 1B-B RHR pump     18              5      1.5 motor bearing oil levels and fill as required.
NRCEXAM2015301AdministrativeJPM5 
: 2. Answer the following:
* Can you perform Tasks #1 through #3 without exceeding the equipment protection emergency dose limit? (Circle one)
* YES             /       NO
* IF YES, then enter the permitted stay time for Task #4.               18 MINUTES          .
* IF NO, then state the highest sequential task # that can be performed, if any. N/A .


WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 5 NRC EXAM 2015-301 Page 2 of 10  EVALUATION SHEET Task: CLASSIFY THE EVENT - SITE AREA EMERGENCY Alternate Path: n/a Facility JPM #: Modified Safety Function: N/A Title: Emergency Procedures / Plan K/A 2.4.39 Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications. Rating(s): 2.9/4.6 CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.11   Evaluation Method: Simulator In-Plant Classroom X*
4 Handout Package for Applicant
 
APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on Unit 1.
: 2. 1A RHR Pump is air bound and must be vented per 1-AOI-14, Loss of RHR Shutdown Cooling.
: 3. The TSC has requested that 1B-B RHR Pump motor bearing oil levels be checked and filled as required after restoring 1A-A RHR Pump, suggests using the same Repair Team.
: 4. The tasks are listed in the table below, and estimated times (including transit to and from location) and dose rates have been provided.
: 5. Each Task must be performed in the order listed.
: 6. The equipment protection emergency dose limit is 10 REM.
: 7. You have been selected to perform the task.
(Continued on next page) 4
 
APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
INITIATING CUES:
The Site Emergency Director (SED) directs you to perform the following with the information provided:
: 1. Calculate the expected dose for tasks 1 through 3 and document the results in the TABLE.
Time      Dose Expected Task #                      Location/Task Description            allowed/reqd  Rate Dose (minutes)  (R/hr) 1    Elevation 676 1A-A RHR Pump Room /Close RHR pump              10          3 discharge isolation valve 1-ISV-74-520 2    #4 Accumulator Room / Vent common suction piping 1-TV      20        18 543, 1-TV-74-504 3    Elevation 676 1A-A RHR Pump Room /Vent 1A-A RHR Pump          40          3 discharge piping and pump casing and open RHR pump discharge isolation valve 1-ISV-74-520 4    Elevation 676 1B-B RHR Pump Room / Inspect 1B-B RHR pump                  5 motor bearing oil levels and fill as required.
: 2. Answer the following:
* Can you perform Tasks #1 through #4 without exceeding the equipment protection emergency dose limit? (Circle one)
YES              /            NO
* IF YES, then enter the permitted stay time for Task #4.
* IF NO, then state the highest sequential task # that can be performed, if any.
4
 
Watts Bar Nuclear Plant NRC EXAM 2015301 Administrative JPM 5
 
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 5
NRC EXAM 2015-301 EVALUATION SHEET Task:               CLASSIFY THE EVENT - SITE AREA EMERGENCY Alternate Path:     n/a Facility JPM #:     Modified Safety Function:     N/A
 
==Title:==
Emergency Procedures / Plan K/A         2.4.39       Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications.
Rating(s):   2.9/4.6       CFR:     41.10 / 43.5 / 45.11 Evaluation Method:     Simulator               In-Plant                   Classroom         X*


==References:==
==References:==
EPIP-1, Emergency Plan Classification Flowpath, Rev. 42. EPIP-2, Notification of Unusual Event, Rev.34. EPIP-3, Alert, Rev. 40. EPIP-4, Site Area Emergency, Rev. 38.
 
EPIP-5, General Emergency, Rev. 44. Task Number: SRO-113-EPIP-001 Title: Classify emergency events requiring Emergency Plan implementation. Task Standard: The applicant: 1. Classifies the event as a SITE AREA EMERGENCY within 15 minutes of the Start Time. 2. EPIP-4, Site Area Emergency, Appendix A, Site Area Emergency Initial Notification Form is marked correctly per the supplied KEY. Validation Time: 20 minutes Time Critical:   Yes X No ============================================================================================== EVALUATION SHEET Applicant: ___________________________ _________________ Time Start:   ________ NAME Docket No. Time Finish: ________   Performance Rating:   SAT ____ UNSAT ____ Performance Time ___     Examiner: _____________________________ _____________________________/________ NAME SIGNATURE DATE ============================================================================================== COMMENTS WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 5 NRC EXAM 2015-301 Page 3 of 10  Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed: NRC REFERENCE DISK. *NOTE: This JPM is designed to be performed in a classroom with procedures available to the applicant via a laptop computer loaded with the NRC REFERENCE DISK. EXAMINER: Multiple copies of each of the following forms will be available for use by the applicants: EPIP-2, Notification of Unusual Even, Appendix A, Notification of Unusual Event Initial Notification Form, and Appendix B, State of Tennessee Notification. EPIP-3, Alert, Appendix A, Alert Notification Form, and Appendix B, State of Tennessee Notification. EPIP-4, Site Area Emergency, Appendix A, Site Area Emergency Initial Notification Form, and Appendix B, State of Tennessee Notification. EPIP-5, General Emergency, Appendix A, General Emergency Initial Notification Form, Appendix B, State of Tennessee Notification, and Appendix H, Initial - Protective Action Recommendations.
EPIP-1, Emergency Plan Classification Flowpath, Rev. 42.
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 5 NRC EXAM 2015-301 Page 4 of 10  READ TO THE APPLICANT: DIRECTION TO APPLICANT: I will explain the initial conditions and state the task to be performed. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the cue sheet I provided you. INITIAL CONDITIONS: 1. Unit 1 is at 100% power. 2. You are the Shift Manager.  
EPIP-2, Notification of Unusual Event, Rev.34.
: 3. Windows 166-E, SEISMIC RECORDER INITIATED and 166-D, OBE SPECTRA EXCEEDED are LIT. 4. Reports from Site Security confirm that an earthquake was felt on site. 5. The Auxiliary Building AUO reports that Gas Decay tank H was full and has suddenly depressurized. 6. An initial dose assessment has been performed using the ICS computer and the following results are predicted at the exclusion area boundary (EAB): TEDE:   115 mrem/hr Thyroid CDE: 440 mrem/hr INITIATING CUES: 1. You are to evaluate conditions provided, and then determine the proper event classification(s), if any. 2. If needed, after you have classified the event(s), fill out the appropriate form(s) which are used to make the initial notification to the Operations Duty Specialist (ODS). 3. This JPM contains time critical elements.
EPIP-3, Alert, Rev. 40.
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 5 NRC EXAM 2015-301 STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT Page 5 of 10  START TIME: _______ STEP 1: Classifies the event as a SITE AREA EMERGENCY within 15 minutes of the Start Time. STANDARD: Applicant refers to EPIP-1, Section 5, Destructive Phenomenon, 5.1, Earthquake. Applicant determines that the following conditions exist: Both Window 166-D, OBE SPECTRA EXCEEDED and Window 166-E, SEISMIC RECORDING INITIATED are LIT, AND Reports from personnel internal and external to the main control room have been received that ground motion has been sensed. Based on Emergency Class Criteria, the applicant determines this event is an ALERT. Applicant refers to EPIP-1, Section 7, RADIOLOGICAL, 7.1, Gaseous Effluent.
EPIP-4, Site Area Emergency, Rev. 38.
Applicant determines that the following exist under 7.1 Gaseous Effluents: Condition 1 has NOT been exceeded.
EPIP-5, General Emergency, Rev. 44.
Task Number:     SRO-113-EPIP-001
 
==Title:==
Classify emergency events requiring Emergency Plan implementation.
Task Standard:       The applicant:
: 1. Classifies the event as a SITE AREA EMERGENCY within 15 minutes of the Start Time.
: 2. EPIP-4, Site Area Emergency, Appendix A, Site Area Emergency Initial Notification Form is marked correctly per the supplied KEY.
Validation Time:         20     minutes             Time Critical:       Yes   X     No
==============================================================================================
EVALUATION SHEET Applicant:   ___________________________             _________________     Time Start: ________
NAME                         Docket No.       Time Finish: ________
Performance Rating: SAT ____ UNSAT ____                                     Performance Time ___
Examiner: _____________________________               _____________________________/________
NAME                                     SIGNATURE                 DATE
==============================================================================================
COMMENTS Page 2 of 10
 
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 5
NRC EXAM 2015-301 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
* NRC REFERENCE DISK.
*NOTE: This JPM is designed to be performed in a classroom with procedures available to the applicant via a laptop computer loaded with the NRC REFERENCE DISK.
EXAMINER: Multiple copies of each of the following forms will be available for use by the applicants:
EPIP-2, Notification of Unusual Even, Appendix A, Notification of Unusual Event Initial Notification Form, and Appendix B, State of Tennessee Notification.
EPIP-3, Alert, Appendix A, Alert Notification Form, and Appendix B, State of Tennessee Notification.
EPIP-4, Site Area Emergency, Appendix A, Site Area Emergency Initial Notification Form, and Appendix B, State of Tennessee Notification.
EPIP-5, General Emergency, Appendix A, General Emergency Initial Notification Form, Appendix B, State of Tennessee Notification, and Appendix H, Initial - Protective Action Recommendations.
Page 3 of 10
 
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 5
NRC EXAM 2015-301 READ TO THE APPLICANT:
DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions and state the task to be performed. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the cue sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit 1 is at 100% power.
: 2. You are the Shift Manager.
: 3. Windows 166-E, SEISMIC RECORDER INITIATED and 166-D, OBE SPECTRA EXCEEDED are LIT.
: 4. Reports from Site Security confirm that an earthquake was felt on site.
: 5. The Auxiliary Building AUO reports that Gas Decay tank H was full and has suddenly depressurized.
: 6. An initial dose assessment has been performed using the ICS computer and the following results are predicted at the exclusion area boundary (EAB):
TEDE:                   115 mrem/hr Thyroid CDE:             440 mrem/hr INITIATING CUES:
: 1. You are to evaluate conditions provided, and then determine the proper event classification(s), if any.
: 2. If needed, after you have classified the event(s), fill out the appropriate form(s) which are used to make the initial notification to the Operations Duty Specialist (ODS).
: 3. This JPM contains time critical elements.
Page 4 of 10
 
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 5
NRC EXAM 2015-301 STEP/STANDARD                               SAT/UNSAT START TIME: _______
STEP 1:       Classifies the event as a SITE AREA EMERGENCY within       CRITICAL 15 minutes of the Start Time.                               STEP STANDARD:                                                               ___ SAT Applicant refers to EPIP-1, Section 5, Destructive Phenomenon, 5.1,   ___ UNSAT Earthquake.
Applicant determines that the following conditions exist:
* Both Window 166-D, OBE SPECTRA EXCEEDED and Window 166-E, SEISMIC RECORDING INITIATED are LIT, AND
* Reports from personnel internal and external to the main control room have been received that ground motion has been sensed.
Based on Emergency Class Criteria, the applicant determines this event is an ALERT.
Applicant refers to EPIP-1, Section 7, RADIOLOGICAL, 7.1, Gaseous Effluent.
Applicant determines that the following exist under 7.1 Gaseous Effluents:
Condition 1 has NOT been exceeded.
Condition 2 has NOT been exceeded.
Condition 2 has NOT been exceeded.
The initial dose assessment indicates that the >100 mrem/hr TEDE value HAS been exceeded. Based on Emergency Class Criteria, the applicant determines the need to declare an SITE AREA EMERGENCY. Criteria to meet the critical step is for the EALs to be correctly identified and the declaration made within 15 minutes. NOTE TO EXAMINER: Time Declaration Made: ________________ COMMENTS: CRITICAL STEP ___ SAT
The initial dose assessment indicates that the >100 mrem/hr TEDE value HAS been exceeded.
___ UNSAT WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 5 NRC EXAM 2015-301 STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT Page 6 of 10  STEP 2: Completes EPIP-4, Site Area Emergency, Appendix A, Site Area Emergency Initial Notification Form. STANDARD: Applicant completes EPIP-4, SITE AREA EMERGENCY, Appendix A, Site Area Emergency Initial Notification Form. Step is critical to ensure the correct information is communicated to outside agencies. COMMENTS:   CRITICAL STEP ___ SAT ___ UNSAT STEP 3: EPIP-4, Site Area Emergency, Appendix A, Site Area Emergency Initial Notification Form, is marked correctly. STANDARD: Applicant completes EPIP-4, SITE AREA EMERGENCY, Appendix A, Site Area Emergency Initial Notification Form, per the attached key. Critical elements that must appear on Appendix A form: Item 1 - Marked as a Drill or Actual Item 3 - EAL Designator - 7.1 (Gaseous Effluent) Item 5. - Time and Date that applicant declared the event.
Based on Emergency Class Criteria, the applicant determines the need to declare an SITE AREA EMERGENCY.
Completed by (SED): Block signed by applicant. COMMENTS:
Criteria to meet the critical step is for the EALs to be correctly identified and the declaration made within 15 minutes.
CRITICAL STEP ___ SAT ___ UNSAT STOP TIME ________
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Time Declaration Made: ________________
Page 7 of 10   5 S KEY DO NOT HAND TO APPLICANT   
COMMENTS:
Page 5 of 10
 
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 5
NRC EXAM 2015-301 STEP/STANDARD                               SAT/UNSAT STEP 2:       Completes EPIP-4, Site Area Emergency, Appendix A, Site   CRITICAL Area Emergency Initial Notification Form.                   STEP STANDARD:                                                               ___ SAT Applicant completes EPIP-4, SITE AREA EMERGENCY, Appendix A,           ___ UNSAT Site Area Emergency Initial Notification Form.
Step is critical to ensure the correct information is communicated to outside agencies.
COMMENTS:
STEP 3:       EPIP-4, Site Area Emergency, Appendix A, Site Area         CRITICAL Emergency Initial Notification Form, is marked correctly. STEP STANDARD:                                                               ___ SAT Applicant completes EPIP-4, SITE AREA EMERGENCY, Appendix A,           ___ UNSAT Site Area Emergency Initial Notification Form, per the attached key.
Critical elements that must appear on Appendix A form:
Item 1 - Marked as a Drill or Actual Item 3 - EAL Designator - 7.1 (Gaseous Effluent)
Item 5. - Time and Date that applicant declared the event.
Completed by (SED): Block signed by applicant.
COMMENTS:
STOP TIME ________
Page 6 of 10
 
5 S KEY DO NOT HAND TO APPLICANT Page 7 of 10
 
2015-301 NRC EXAM WBN                  Emergency Plan Classification Logic                EPIP-1 Unit 0                                                                  Rev. 0042 Page 38 of 54 JPM 5 Attachment 5 (Page 3 of 7)
KEY 5.1 Earthquake                                            5.2 Tornado Mode                    Initiating/Condition                Mode                Initiating/Condition G
Refer to Fission Product Barrier Matrix                Refer to Fission Product Barrier Matrix" E
N E
R A
L S
Refer to Fission Product Barrier Matrix                Refer to Fission Product Barrier Matrix I
T E
All    Earthquake detected by site seismic                  All  Tornado or High Winds strikes any structure instrumentation (1 and 2)                                listed in Table 5-1 and results in VISIBLE DAMAGE (1 and 2)
: 1.  (a and b)
: 1. Tornado or High Winds (Sustained >80 mph
: a. Ann.166 D indicates OBE Spectra                    > one minute) strikes any structure listed in Exceeded"                                          Table 5-1 A              b. Ann.166 E indicates Seismic                  2.  (a or b)
L                    Recording Initiated E                                                                        a. Confirmed report of any VISIBLE
: 2.  (a or b)                                                        DAMAGE R
T              a. Ground motion sensed by Plant                      b. Control Room indications of degraded personnel                                                Safety System or component response
: b. National Earthquake Information                          due to event Center at 1-(303) 273-8500 can                Note: Site Met Data Instrumentation fails to 0 at confirm the event.                            >100 mph. National Weather Service Morristown 1-(423) 586-8400 can provide additional information if needed.
U All    Earthquake detected by site seismic                  All  Tornado within the SITE PERIMETER N
instrumentation (1 and 2)
U                                                                    1. Plant personnel report a Tornado has been S          1. Ann. 166 E indicator Seismic Recording                  sighted within the SITE PERIMETER (Refer U              Initiated                                                to Figure 5-A)
A L          2.   (a or b)
: a. Ground motion sensed by Plant personnel E
V              b. National Earthquake Information E                    Center at 1-(303) 273-8500 can N                    confirm the event.
T
 
2015-301 NRC EXAM WBN                    Emergency Plan Classification Logic                            EPIP-1 Unit 0                                                                                Rev. 0042 Page 49 of 54 JPM 5 Attachment 7 (Page 3 of 8)
KEY 7.1 Gaseous Effluents                                                7.2 Liquid Effluents Mode                      Initiating/Condition                        Mode                    Initiating/Condition All    EAB dose resulting from an actual or imminent                        Not Applicable release of Gaseous Radioactivity that exceeds 1000 mrem TEDE or 5000 mrem Thyroid CDE for the actual or projected duration of the release (1 or 2 or 3)
G          1. A VALID Rad monitor reading exceeds the values E                under General in Table 7-1 for >15 minutes, unless N                assessment within this time period confirms that the E                Criterion is Not exceeded.
R A          2. Field survey results indicate >1000 mrem/hr L                gamma or an I-131 concentration of 3.9E-6  Ci/cc at SP
: 3. EP dose assessment results indicate EAB dose
                  >1000 mrem TEDE or >5000 mrem Thyroid CDE for the actual or projected duration of the release (Figure 7-A)
All    EAB dose resulting from an actual or imminent                        Not Applicable release of Gaseous Radioactivity that exceeds 100 mrem TEDE or 500 mrem Thyroid CDE for the actual or projected duration of the release (1 or 2 or 3)
: 1. A VALID Rad monitor reading exceeds the values S                under Site in Table 7-1 for >15 minutes, unless I              assessment within this time period confirms that the T                Criterion is Not exceeded E
: 2. Field survey results indicate >100 mrem/hr gamma or an I-131 concentration of 3.9E-7  Ci/cc at SP
: 3. EP dose assessment results indicate EAB dose
                  >100 mrem TEDE or >500 mrem Thyroid CDE for the actual or projected duration of the release (Figure 7-A)
All    Any UNPLANNED release of Gaseous Radioactivity                All  Any UNPLANNED release of Liquid Radioactivity that exceeds 200 times the ODCM Limit for                            that exceeds 200 times the ODCM Limit for
            >15 minutes (1 or 2 or 3)                                            >15 minutes (1 or 2)
: 1. A VALID Rad monitor reading exceeds the values A                under Alert in Table 7-1 for >15 minutes, unless              1. A VALID Rad monitor reading exceeds the values L                assessment within this time period confirms that the                under Alert in Table 7-1 for >15 minutes, unless E                Criterion is Not exceeded                                            assessment within this time period confirms that the R                                                                                      Criterion is Not exceeded.
T          2. Field survey results indicate >10 mrem/hr gamma at SP >15 minutes                                              2. Sample results exceed 200 times the ODCM limit value for an unmonitored release of liquid
: 3. EP dose assessment results indicate EAB dose radioactivity >15 minutes in duration
                  >10 mrem TEDE for the duration of the release (Figure 7-A)
U  All    Any UNPLANNED release of Gaseous Radioactivity                All  Any UNPLANNED release of Liquid Radioactivity to N          that exceeds 2 times the ODCM Limit for                              the Environment that exceeds 2 times the ODCM U          >60 minutes (1 or 2 or 3)                                            Limit for >60 minutes (1 or 2)
S
: 1. A VALID Rad monitor reading exceeds the values                1. A VALID Rad monitor reading exceeds the values U
under UE in Table 7-1 for >60 minutes, unless                        under UE in Table 7-1 for >60 minutes, unless A                assessment within this time period confirms that the                assessment within this time period confirms that the L                Criterion is Not exceeded                                            Criterion is Not exceeded.
: 2. Field survey results indicate >0.1 mrem/hr gamma              2. Sample results exceed 2 times the ODCM limit at SP for >60 minutes                                                value for an unmonitored release of liquid E
radioactivity >60 minutes in duration V          3. EP dose assessment results indicate EAB dose E                >0.1 mrem TEDE for the duration of the release N                (Figure 7-A)
T
 
2015-301 NRC EXAM WBN Unit 0 Site Area Emergency                  EPIP-4 Rev. 0038 Page 15 of 28 JPM 5  Appendix A (Page 1 of 1)
Site Area Emergency Initial Notification Form CRITICAL ONE BOX MUST BE CHECKED 1.      X This is a Drill KEY X This is an Actual Event - Repeat - This is an Actual Event
: 2. The SED at Watts Bar has declared a Site Area Emergency CRITICAL 3. EAL Designator:                  7.1 (Gaseous Effluent)
: 4. Radiological Conditions:          (Check one under both Airborne and Liquid column.)
Airborne Releases Offsite                            Liquid Releases Offsite Minor releases within federally approved            Minor releases within federally approved limits1                                            limits1 Releases above federally approved limits1          Releases above federally approved limits1 Release information not known                      Release information not known (1Tech Specs/ODCM)                                  (1Tech Specs/ODCM)
CRITICAL 5. Event Declared:                    NOW Time:________________                    TODAY Date:__________________
Eastern Time
: 6. Provide Protective Action Recommendation:  None CRITICAL Completed By (SED) _______________________________________
APPLICANT'S NAME Peer Checked By:          _______________________________________
 
5S BLANK FORMS Page 8 of 10
 
WBN                    Notification of Unusual Event                EPIP-2 Unit 0                                                                Rev. 0034 Page 14 of 24 Appendix A (Page 1 of 1)
Notification of Unusual Event Initial Notification Form
: 1.          This is a Drill            This is an Actual Event - Repeat - This is an Actual Event
: 2. The SED at Watts Bar has declared a NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT.
: 3. EAL Designator:              _____________________________(USE ONLY ONE EAL DESIGNATOR)
: 4. Radiological Conditions:        (Check one under both Airborne and Liquid column.)
Airborne Releases Offsite                                  Liquid Releases Offsite Minor releases within federally approved limits1        Minor releases within federally approved limits1 Releases above federally approved limits1                Releases above federally approved limits1 Release information not known                            Release information not known (1Tech Specs/ODCM)                                        (1Tech Specs/ODCM)
: 5. Event Declared:          Time:________________        Date:__________________
Eastern Time
: 6. Protective Action Recommendation:  None Completed By (SED)        ________________________________________
Peer Checked By:          ________________________________________
 
WBN                                    Alert                        EPIP-3 Unit 0                                                                Rev. 0040 Page 15 of 30 Appendix A (Page 1 of 1)
Alert Initial Notification Form
: 1.        This is a Drill            This is an Actual Event - Repeat - This is an Actual Event
: 2. The SED at Watts Bar has declared an ALERT
: 3. EAL Designator:          ________________________________
: 4. Radiological Conditions:            (Check one under both Airborne and Liquid column.)
Airborne Releases Offsite                                Liquid Releases Offsite Minor releases within federally approved limits1        Minor releases within federally approved limits1 Releases above federally approved limits1              Releases above federally approved limits1 Release information not known                          Release information not known (1Tech Specs/ODCM)                                      (1Tech Specs/ODCM)
: 5. Event Declared:                Time:________________            Date:__________________
Eastern Time
: 6. Protective Action Recommendation:  None Completed by (SED): ____________________________________________
Peer checked by:            ____________________________________________


WBN Unit 0 Emergency Plan Classification Logic EPIP-1 Rev. 0042 Page 38 of 54  Attachment 5 (Page 3 of 7)    5.1  Earthquake  5.2  Tornado  Mode Initiating/Condition  Mode Initiating/Condition  G E N E R A L  Refer to "Fission Product Barrier Matrix"  Refer to "Fission Product Barrier Matrix"  S I T E  Refer to "Fission Product Barrier Matrix"  Refer to "Fission Product Barrier Matrix"  A L E R T All Earthquake detected by site seismic instrumentation (1 and 2) 1. (a and b) a. Ann.166 D indicates "OBE Spectra Exceeded"  b. Ann.166 E indicates "Seismic Recording Initiated" 2. (a or b) a. Ground motion sensed by Plant personnel b. National Earthquake Information Center at 1-(303) 273-8500 can confirm the event. All Tornado or High Winds strikes any structure listed in Table 5-1 and results in VISIBLE DAMAGE (1 and 2) 1. Tornado or High Winds (Sustained >80 mph > one minute) strikes any structure listed in Table 5-1 2. (a or b) a. Confirmed report of any VISIBLE DAMAGE b. Control Room indications of degraded Safety System or component response due to event Note:  Site Met Data Instrumentation fails to 0 at >100 mph. National Weather Service Morristown 1-(423) 586-8400 can provide additional information if needed. U N U S UA L  E V E N T All Earthquake detected by site seismic instrumentation (1 and 2) 1. Ann. 166 E indicator "Seismic Recording Initiated" 2. (a or b) a. Ground motion sensed by Plant personnel b. National Earthquake Information Center at 1-(303) 273-8500 can confirm the event. All Tornado within the SITE PERIMETER 1. Plant personnel report a Tornado has been sighted within the SITE PERIMETER (Refer to Figure 5-A)
WBN                       Site Area Emergency                   EPIP-4 Unit 0                                                           Rev. 0038 Page 15 of 28 Appendix A (Page 1 of 1)
WBN Unit 0 Emergency Plan Classification Logic EPIP-1 Rev. 0042 Page 49 of 54  Attachment 7 (Page 3 of 8)    7.1  Gaseous Effluents  7.2  Liquid Effluents  Mode Initiating/Condition  Mode Initiating/Condition  G E N E R A L All EAB dose resulting from an actual or imminent release of Gaseous Radioactivity that exceeds 1000 mrem TEDE or 5000 mrem Thyroid CDE for the actual or projected duration of the release (1 or 2 or 3) 1. A VALID Rad monitor reading exceeds the values under General in Table 7-1 for >15 minutes, unless assessment within this time period confirms that the Criterion is Not exceeded. 2. Field survey results indicate >1000 mrem/hr gamma or an I-131 concentration of 3.9E-6 &#xb5; Ci/cc at SP 3. EP dose assessment results indicate EAB dose >1000 mrem TEDE or >5000 mrem Thyroid CDE for the actual or projected duration of the release (Figure 7-A)    Not Applicable  S I T E All EAB dose resulting from an actual or imminent release of Gaseous Radioactivity that exceeds 100 mrem TEDE or 500 mrem Thyroid CDE for the actual or projected duration of the release (1 or 2 or 3) 1. A VALID Rad monitor reading exceeds the values under Site in Table 7-1 for >15 minutes, unless assessment within this time period confirms that the Criterion is Not exceeded 2. Field survey results indicate >100 mrem/hr gamma or an I-131 concentration of 3.9E-7 &#xb5; Ci/cc at SP 3. EP dose assessment results indicate EAB dose >100 mrem TEDE or >500 mrem Thyroid CDE for the actual or projected duration of the release (Figure 7-A)  Not Applicable  A L E R T All Any UNPLANNED release of Gaseous Radioactivity that exceeds 200 times the ODCM Limit for >15 minutes (1 or 2 or 3) 1. A VALID Rad monitor reading exceeds the values under Alert in Table 7-1 for >15 minutes, unless assessment within this time period confirms that the Criterion is Not exceeded 2. Field survey results indicate >10 mrem/hr gamma at SP >15 minutes 3. EP dose assessment results indicate EAB dose >10 mrem TEDE for the duration of the release (Figure 7-A)  All Any UNPLANNED release of Liquid Radioactivity that exceeds 200 times the ODCM Limit for >15 minutes (1 or 2) 1. A VALID Rad monitor reading exceeds the values under Alert in Table 7-1 for >15 minutes, unless assessment within this time period confirms that the Criterion is Not exceeded. 2. Sample results exceed 200 times the ODCM limit value for an unmonitored release of liquid radioactivity >15 minutes in duration  U N U S U A L  E V E N T All Any UNPLANNED release of Gaseous Radioactivity that exceeds 2 times the ODCM Limit for >60 minutes (1 or 2 or 3) 1. A VALID Rad monitor reading exceeds the values under UE in Table 7-1 for >60 minutes, unless assessment within this time period confirms that the Criterion is Not exceeded 2. Field survey results indicate >0.1 mrem/hr gamma at SP for >60 minutes 3. EP dose assessment results indicate EAB dose >0.1 mrem TEDE for the duration of the release (Figure 7-A)  All Any UNPLANNED release of Liquid Radioactivity to the Environment that exceeds 2 times the ODCM Limit for >60 minutes (1 or 2) 1. A VALID Rad monitor reading exceeds the values under UE in Table 7-1 for >60 minutes, unless assessment within this time period confirms that the Criterion is Not exceeded. 2. Sample results exceed 2 times the ODCM limit value for an unmonitored release of liquid radioactivity >60 minutes in duration WBN Unit 0 Site Area Emergency EPIP-4 Rev. 0038 Page 15 of 28   Appendix A (Page 1 of 1) Site Area Emergency Initial Notification Form   1. This is a Drill   This is an Actual Event - Repeat - This is an Actual Event 2. The SED at Watts Bar has declared a Site Area Emergency 3. EAL Designator: ________________________________ 4. Radiological Conditions: (Check one under both Airborne and Liquid column.) Airborne Releases Offsite Liquid Releases Offsite   Minor releases within federally approved limits1    Minor releases within federally approved limits1   Releases above federally approved limits1   Releases above federally approved limits1   Release information not known       (1Tech Specs/ODCM)   Release information not known      (1Tech Specs/ODCM) 5. Event Declared: Time:________________ Eastern Time Date:__________________ 6. Provide Protective Action Recommendation:   None Completed By (SED)_______________________________________ Peer Checked By: _______________________________________
Site Area Emergency Initial Notification Form
Page 8 of 10    5 S  BLANK FORMS 
: 1.         This is a Drill         This is an Actual Event - Repeat - This is an Actual Event
: 2. The SED at Watts Bar has declared a Site Area Emergency
: 3. EAL Designator:           ________________________________
: 4. Radiological Conditions:         (Check one under both Airborne and Liquid column.)
Airborne Releases Offsite                             Liquid Releases Offsite Minor releases within federally approved             Minor releases within federally approved limits1                                               limits1 Releases above federally approved limits1             Releases above federally approved limits1 Release information not known                         Release information not known (1Tech Specs/ODCM)                                   (1Tech Specs/ODCM)
: 5. Event Declared:             Time:________________             Date:__________________
Eastern Time
: 6. Provide Protective Action Recommendation: None Completed By (SED) _______________________________________
Peer Checked By:           _______________________________________


WBN Unit 0 Notification of Unusual Event EPIP-2 Rev. 0034 Page 14 of 24  Appendix A (Page 1 of 1) Notification of Unusual Event Initial Notification Form  1. This is a Drill  This is an Actual Event - Repeat - This is an Actual Event 2. The SED at Watts Bar has declared a NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT. 3. EAL Designator: _____________________________(USE ONLY ONE EAL DESIGNATOR) 4. Radiological Conditions: (Check one under both Airborne and Liquid column.) Airborne Releases Offsite Liquid Releases Offsite    Minor releases within federally approved limits1    Minor releases within federally approved limits1    Releases above federally approved limits1    Releases above federally approved limits1  Release information not known    (1Tech Specs/ODCM)  Release information not known      (1Tech Specs/ODCM) 5. Event Declared: Time:________________ Eastern Time Date:__________________ 6. Protective Action Recommendation:  None  Completed By (SED)  ________________________________________ Peer Checked By: ________________________________________
WBN                           General Emergency                       EPIP-5 Unit 0                                                                   Rev. 0044 Page 15 of 37 Appendix A (Page 1 of 2)
WBN Unit 0 Alert EPIP-3 Rev. 0040 Page 15 of 30  Appendix A (Page 1 of 1) Alert Initial Notification Form  1. This is a Drill  This is an Actual Event - Repeat - This is an Actual Event 2. The SED at Watts Bar has declared an ALERT 3. EAL Designator: ________________________________ 4. Radiological Conditions: (Check one under both Airborne and Liquid column.) Airborne Releases Offsite Liquid Releases Offsite    Minor releases within federally approved limits1    Minor releases within federally approved limits1    Releases above federally approved limits1    Releases above federally approved limits1  Release information not known (1Tech Specs/ODCM)    Release information not known (1Tech Specs/ODCM)  5. Event Declared: Time:________________ Eastern Time Date:__________________ 6. Protective Action Recommendation:  None  Completed by (SED):  ____________________________________________ Peer checked  by: ____________________________________________
General Emergency Initial Notification Form Protective Action Recommendation Worksheet
WBN Unit 0 Site Area Emergency EPIP-4 Rev. 0038 Page 15 of 28  Appendix A (Page 1 of 1) Site Area Emergency Initial Notification Form  1. This is a Drill  This is an Actual Event - Repeat - This is an Actual Event 2. The SED at Watts Bar has declared a Site Area Emergency  3. EAL Designator: ________________________________  4. Radiological Conditions: (Check one under both Airborne and Liquid column.) Airborne Releases Offsite Liquid Releases Offsite    Minor releases within federally approved limits1    Minor releases within federally approved limits1    Releases above federally approved limits1    Releases above federally approved limits1    Release information not known      (1Tech Specs/ODCM)    Release information not known      (1Tech Specs/ODCM) 5. Event Declared: Time:________________ Eastern Time Date:__________________ 6. Provide Protective Action Recommendation:  None  Completed By (SED)_______________________________________ Peer Checked  By: _______________________________________
: 1. Determine the correct PAR using the PAR diagram (Appendix H)
WBN Unit 0 General Emergency EPIP-5 Rev. 0044 Page 15 of 37   Appendix A (Page 1 of 2) General Emergency Initial Notification Form Protective Action Recommendation Worksheet 1. Determine the correct PAR using the PAR diagram (Appendix H)   Recommendation 1
Recommendation 1                                             Recommendation 2
* Shelter 2 mile radius
* Shelter 2 mile radius
* Shelter 5 miles downwind  Recommendation 2
* Shelter 5 mile radius
* Shelter 5 mile radius    Recommendation 3
* Shelter 5 miles downwind Recommendation 3                                             Recommendation 4
* Evacuate 2 mile radius
* Evacuate 2 mile radius
* Shelter 5 miles downwind  Recommendation 4
* Evacuate 2 mile radius
* Evacuate 2 mile radius
* Shelter 5 miles downwind
* Evacuate 5 miles downwind
* Shelter 10 miles downwind Recommendation 5                                            Recommendation 6
* Evacuate 2 mile radius and all sectors greater
* Evacuate 2 mile radius than Protective Action Guidelines (PAG)
* Evacuate 5 miles downwind
* Evacuate 5 miles downwind
* Shelter 10 miles downwind  Recommendation 5
: 2. Identify the affected sectors using the table below Wind direction From (46 meters): ___________________ degrees 2 Mile Radius       5 Mile Radius Sectors     5 Mile Downwind           Wind         10 Mile Downwind Sectors Sectors                                          Sectors            Direction From C7, D2, D4, D5         26&deg;- 68&deg;         C9, D6, D7, D8, D9 A3, D2, D4, D5         69&deg;- 110&deg;       A4, D3,D6, D7, D8, D9 A2, A3, D2, D5       111&deg;- 170&deg;       A4, A5, A6, A7, D3, D6 A1, B1, C1, D1, A2, B2, C2, D2, A3, B4,      A2, A3, B2, B4, C2     171&deg;- 230&deg;         A5, A6, A7, B3, B5 A1, B1, C1, D1 C4, C5, C7, C8, D4, D5                  B2, B4, C2                                   B5, C3 231&deg;- 270&deg; B2, C2, C4, C5       271&deg;- 325&deg;           B3,C3, C6, C11 C2, C4, C5, C7, C8,     326&deg;- 25&deg;         C6, C9, C10, C11, D9 D4
* Evacuate 2 mile radius and all sectors greater than Protective Action Guidelines (PAG)  Recommendation 6
: 3. Use the above information to complete page 2 of this appendix.
* Evacuate 2 mile radius
 
* Evacuate 5 miles downwind 2. Identify the affected sectors using the table below Wind direction From (46 meters): ___________________ degrees 2 Mile Radius Sectors 5 Mile Radius Sectors 5 Mile Downwind Sectors Wind Direction From 10 Mile Downwind Sectors A1, B1, C1, D1 A1, B1, C1, D1, A2, B2, C2, D2, A3, B4, C4, C5, C7, C8, D4, D5 C7, D2, D4, D5 26&deg;- 68&deg; C9, D6, D7, D8, D9 A3, D2, D4, D5 69&deg;- 110&deg; A4, D3,D6, D7, D8, D9 A2, A3, D2, D5 111&deg;- 170&deg; A4, A5, A6, A7, D3, D6 A2, A3, B2, B4, C2 171&deg;- 230&deg; A5, A6, A7, B3, B5 B2, B4, C2 231&deg;- 270&deg; B5, C3 B2, C2, C4, C5 271&deg;- 325&deg; B3,C3, C6, C11 C2, C4, C5, C7, C8, D4 326&deg;- 25&deg; C6, C9, C10, C11, D9 3. Use the above information to complete page 2 of this appendix.
WBN                       General Emergency                       EPIP-5 Unit 0                                                            Rev. 0044 Page 16 of 37 Appendix A (Page 2 of 2)
WBN Unit 0 General Emergency EPIP-5 Rev. 0044 Page 16 of 37 Appendix A (Page 2 of 2) General Emergency Initial Notification Form   1. This is a Drill This is an Actual Event - Repeat - This is an Actual Event 2. The SED at Watts Bar has declared a GENERAL EMERGENCY 3. EAL Designator:_______________________(Use only one EAL) 4. Radiological Conditions: (Check one under both Airborne and Liquid column.) Airborne Releases Offsite Liquid Releases Offsite   Minor releases within federally approved limits1 Releases above federally approved limits1   Release information not known   (1Tech Specs/ODCM)   Minor releases within federally approved limits1  Releases above federally approved limits1  Release information not known  (1Tech Specs/ODCM) 5. Event Declared: Time:__________________ Date:_____________________ 6. The Meteorological Conditions are: (Use 46 meter data from the Met Tower. IF data is NOT available from the MET tower, contact the National Weather Service by dialing 9-1-423-586-8400. The National Weather Service will provide wind direction and wind speed.) Wind Direction is FROM:_____________ degrees                     (15 minute average) Wind Speed: ______________ mph    (15 minute average) 7. Provide Protective Action Recommendation utilizing Appendix H: (Check all Sectors as appropriate) A) AFFECTED SECTORS Evacuate 2 Mile A1 B1 C1 D1       5 Mile A2 A3 B2 B4 C2 C4 C5 C7 C8 D2 D4 D5 10 Mile  A4 A5 A6 A7 B3 B5 C3 C6 C9 C10 C11 D3 D6 D7 D8 D9         Shelter (do not check sectors evacuated above) 2 Mile A1 B1 C1 D1       5 Mile A2 A3 B2 B4 C2 C4 C5 C7 C8 D2 D4 D5 10 Mile  A4 A5 A6 A7 B3 B5 C3 C6 C9 C10 C11 D3 D6 D7 D8 D9       B) ALL OTHER SECTORS MONITOR AND PREPARE. C) CONSIDER ISSUANCE OF KI IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STATE PLAN. Completed by (SED)______________ Peer Checked by ________________
General Emergency Initial Notification Form
WBN Unit 0 General Emergency EPIP-5 Rev. 0044 Page 31 of 37   Appendix H (Page 1 of 2) Protective Action Recommendation Flow Chart WBN Unit 0 General Emergency EPIP-5 Rev. 0044 Page 32 of 37 Appendix H (Page 2 of 2) Protective Action Recommendation Flow Chart 5 S 
: 1.       This is a Drill       This is an Actual Event - Repeat - This is an Actual Event
: 2. The SED at Watts Bar has declared a GENERAL EMERGENCY
: 3. EAL Designator:_______________________(Use only one EAL)
: 4. Radiological Conditions:           (Check one under both Airborne and Liquid column.)
Airborne Releases Offsite                               Liquid Releases Offsite 1
Minor releases within federally approved limits          Minor releases within federally approved limits1 1
Releases above federally approved limits                Releases above federally approved limits1 Release information not known                           Release information not known (1Tech Specs/ODCM)                                       (1Tech Specs/ODCM)
: 5. Event Declared:           Time:__________________                 Date:_____________________
: 6. The Meteorological Conditions are: (Use 46 meter data from the Met Tower. IF data is NOT available from the MET tower, contact the National Weather Service by dialing 9-1-423-586-8400. The National Weather Service will provide wind direction and wind speed.)
Wind Direction is FROM:_____________ degrees                   Wind Speed: ______________ mph (15 minute average)                                 (15 minute average)
: 7. Provide Protective Action Recommendation utilizing Appendix H: (Check all Sectors as appropriate)
A) AFFECTED SECTORS Evacuate 2 Mile     A1     B1   C1     D1 5 Mile     A2     A3   B2     B4       C2   C4     C5   C7     C8     D2       D4     D5 A4     A5   A6     A7       B3   B5     C3   C6     C9     C10     C11     D3 10 Mile D6     D7   D8     D9 Shelter (do not check sectors evacuated above) 2 Mile     A1     B1   C1     D1 5 Mile     A2     A3   B2     B4       C2   C4     C5   C7     C8     D2       D4     D5 A4     A5   A6     A7       B3   B5     C3   C6     C9     C10     C11     D3 10 Mile D6     D7   D8     D9 B) ALL OTHER SECTORS MONITOR AND PREPARE.
C) CONSIDER ISSUANCE OF KI IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STATE PLAN.
Completed by (SED)______________ Peer Checked by ________________
 
WBN           General Emergency           EPIP-5 Unit 0                                    Rev. 0044 Page 31 of 37 Appendix H (Page 1 of 2)
Protective Action Recommendation Flow Chart
 
WBN           General Emergency           EPIP-5 Unit 0                                    Rev. 0044 Page 32 of 37 Appendix H (Page 2 of 2)
Protective Action Recommendation Flow Chart
 
5S Handout Package for Applicant


Handout Package for Applicant APPLICANT CUE SHEET   (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)   5 INITIAL CONDITIONS: 1. Unit 1 is at 100% power. 2. You are the Shift Manager.  
APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
: 3. Windows 166-E, SEISMIC RECORDER INITIATED and 166-D, OBE SPECTRA EXCEEDED are LIT. 4. Reports from Site Security confirm that an earthquake was felt on site. 5. The Auxiliary Building AUO reports that Gas Decay tank H was full and has suddenly depressurized. 6. An initial dose assessment has been performed using the ICS computer and the following results are predicted at the exclusion area boundary (EAB): TEDE:   115 mrem/hr Thyroid CDE: 440 mrem/hr INITIATING CUES: 1. You are to evaluate conditions provided, and then determine the proper event classification(s), if any. 2. If needed, after you have classified the event(s), fill out the appropriate form(s) which are used to make the initial notification to the Operations Duty Specialist (ODS). 3. This JPM contains time critical elements.}}
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit 1 is at 100% power.
: 2. You are the Shift Manager.
: 3. Windows 166-E, SEISMIC RECORDER INITIATED and 166-D, OBE SPECTRA EXCEEDED are LIT.
: 4. Reports from Site Security confirm that an earthquake was felt on site.
: 5. The Auxiliary Building AUO reports that Gas Decay tank H was full and has suddenly depressurized.
: 6. An initial dose assessment has been performed using the ICS computer and the following results are predicted at the exclusion area boundary (EAB):
TEDE:                   115 mrem/hr Thyroid CDE:           440 mrem/hr INITIATING CUES:
: 1. You are to evaluate conditions provided, and then determine the proper event classification(s), if any.
: 2. If needed, after you have classified the event(s), fill out the appropriate form(s) which are used to make the initial notification to the Operations Duty Specialist (ODS).
: 3. This JPM contains time critical elements.
5}}

Latest revision as of 10:02, 5 February 2020

301 Draft Administrative JPMs
ML15259A396
Person / Time
Site: Watts Bar  Tennessee Valley Authority icon.png
Issue date: 09/16/2015
From:
Division of Reactor Safety II
To:
Tennessee Valley Authority
References
Download: ML15259A396 (137)


Text

Watts Bar Nuclear Plant 2015301 NRC EXAM Administrative JPM 1R

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-R 2015-301 NRC EXAM EVALUATION SHEET Task: DETERMINE LICENSE STATUS ACTIVE OR INACTIVE.

Alternate Path: n/a Facility JPM #: Modified.

Safety Function: N/A

Title:

Conduct of Operations.

K/A 2.1.4 Knowledge of individual licensed operator responsibilities related to shift staffing, such as medical requirements, no-solo operation, maintenance of active license status, 10CFR55, etc.

Rating(s): 3.3/3.8 CFR: 41.10/43.2 Evaluation Method: Simulator In-Plant Classroom X

References:

OPDP-10, License Status Maintenance, Reactivation and Proficiency for Non-Licensed Positions , Rev. 8.

Task Number: RO-119-PAI-2.07-001

Title:

Maintain active NRC License Task Standard:

Applicant reviews data provided and determines:

1. RO A is INACTIVE.
2. RO B is ACTIVE.
3. RO C is ACTIVE.

Validation Time: 15 minutes Time Critical: Yes No X

=============================================================================

Applicant: ___________________________ _________________ Time Start: ________

NAME Docket No. Time Finish: ________

Performance Rating: SAT ____ UNSAT ____ Performance Time ___

Examiner: _____________________________ _____________________________/________

NAME SIGNATURE DATE

==============================================================================

COMMENTS Page 2 of 13

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-R 2015-301 NRC EXAM Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

  • Laptop Computer.
  • NRC REFERENCE DISK.
  • NOTE: This JPM is designed to be performed in a classroom with procedures available to the applicant via a laptop computer loaded with the NRC REFERENCE DISK.

Page 3 of 13

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-R 2015-301 NRC EXAM DIRECTIONS TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions and state the task to be performed. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the cue sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Three (3) Reactor Operators (ROs) have the following history:

  • Reactor Operators A and C obtained their NRC License in 2012.
  • Reactor Operator B was issued a license on January 15, 2015
  • All perform off-shift assignments at the plant.
  • All are current in License Operator Requalification Training.
  • LMS demonstrates associated medical requirements of OPDP-10 have been met for each RO.
  • None of the three (3) has worked any shift since March 15, 2015.

The ACTIVE/INACTIVE status and time on shift since January 1, 2015 is as follows for each of the ROs:

REACTOR OPERATOR - A License was ACTIVE on January 1, 2015 01/02/15 Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

01/03/15 Worked 0700-1700 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

01/04/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

01/05/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

02/26/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

REACTOR OPERATOR - B License was ISSUED on January 15, 2015 02/01/15 Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 CRO.

02/02/15 Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

02/14/15 Worked 1900-0700 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

03/02/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift in the Tagging Office.

REACTOR OPERATOR - C License was ACTIVE on January 1, 2015 01/07/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

01/08/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

01/09/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

01/10/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

02/28/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 CRO.

Page 4 of 13

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-R 2015-301 NRC EXAM INITIATING CUES:

You are to determine if each of the ROs Licenses is ACTIVE or INACTIVE as of 0700 on April 1, 2015.

Circle your answer in the statements provided below:

RO As License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.

RO Bs License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.

RO Cs License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.

Page 5 of 13

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-R 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT START TIME: _______

STEP 1.: Determine the ACTIVE / INACTIVE status of RO As license CRITICAL STANDARD: STEP The Applicant determines the license is INACTIVE due to the following ___ SAT reasons: (Critical)

The RO DID NOT work the required qualified 5 twelve hour shifts in a ___ UNSAT license position during the previous quarter.

OPDP-10, 3.2.2.B. To be granted credit for a shift, the individual shall be present from shift turnover though shift turnover. The shift period is defined by the schedule worked by the rotating shift crews. Either 12-hour or 8-hour shifts is the normal.

Step is critical to ensure an RO with an inactive license does not perform license duties COMMENTS:

Page 6 of 13

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-R 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT STEP 2.: Determine the ACTIVE / INACTIVE status of RO Bs CRITICAL license STEP STANDARD:

___ SAT The Applicant determines the license is ACTIVE due to the following reasons: (Critical) ___ UNSAT In accordance with OPDP-10, 3.2.1. F, When a licensee is issued a new NRC License number, the licensee is immediately active. The licensee is not required to perform 40 hours4.62963e-4 days <br />0.0111 hours <br />6.613757e-5 weeks <br />1.522e-5 months <br /> Under Instruction that calendar quarter and is not required to stand five 12-hour shifts or seven 8-hour shifts in the calendar quarter that the new license number was issued. The licensee must stand the required shifts in the next calendar quarter to maintain an active license.

Step is critical to ensure an RO with an inactive license does not perform license duties COMMENTS:

Page 7 of 13

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-R 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT STEP 3.: Determine the ACTIVE / INACTIVE status of RO Cs license CRITICAL STANDARD: STEP The Applicant determines the license is ACTIVE due to the following ___ SAT reasons: (Critical)

On 01/08/15, the 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> time to attend the pre-job brief COUNTS as ___ UNSAT actively performing the functions of an operator, so all of the hours for the shift are courted.

Assisting an AUO in the performance of a surveillance procedure DOES count as licensed duties. Credit towards license maintenance would be given for this period.

Step is critical to ensure an RO with an inactive license does not perform license duties.

COMMENTS:

END OF TASK STOP TIME ________

Page 8 of 13

1-R Key DO NOT HAND TO APPLICANT

You are to determine if each of the ROs Licenses is ACTIVE or INACTIVE as of 0700 on April 1, 2015.

Circle your answer in the statements provided below.

RO As License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.

RO Bs License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.

RO Cs License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.

1-R Handout Package for Applicant

APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Three (3) Reactor Operators (ROs) have the following history:

  • Reactor Operators A and C obtained their NRC License in 2012.
  • Reactor Operator B was issued a license on January 15, 2015
  • All perform off-shift assignments at the plant.
  • All are current in License Operator Requalification Training.
  • LMS demonstrates associated medical requirements of OPDP-10 have been met for each RO.
  • None of the three (3) has worked any shift since March 15, 2015.

The ACTIVE/INACTIVE status and time on shift since January 1, 2015 is as follows for each of the ROs:

REACTOR OPERATOR - A License was ACTIVE on January 1, 2015 01/02/15 Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

01/03/15 Worked 0700-1700 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

01/04/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

01/05/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

02/26/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

REACTOR OPERATOR - B License was ISSUED on January 15, 2015 02/01/15 Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 CRO.

02/02/15 Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

02/14/15 Worked 1900-0700 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

03/02/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift in the Tagging Office.

REACTOR OPERATOR - C License was ACTIVE on January 1, 2015 01/07/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

01/08/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

01/09/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

01/10/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

02/28/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 CRO.

1-R

APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIATING CUES:

You are to determine if each of the ROs Licenses is ACTIVE or INACTIVE as of 0700 on April 1, 2015.

Circle your answer in the statements provided below:

RO As License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.

RO Bs License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.

RO Cs License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.

1-R

Watts Bar Nuclear Plant 2015301 NRC EXAM Administrative JPM 1S

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-S 2015-301 NRC EXAM EVALUATION SHEET Task: DETERMINE LICENSE STATUS ACTIVE OR INACTIVE.

Alternate Path: n/a Facility JPM #: Modified Safety Function: N/A

Title:

Conduct of Operations.

K/A 2.1.4 Knowledge of individual licensed operator responsibilities related to shift staffing, such as medical requirements, no-solo operation, maintenance of active license status, 10CFR55, etc.

Rating(s): 3.3/3.8 CFR: 41.10/43.2 Evaluation Method: Simulator In-Plant Classroom X

References:

OPDP-10, License Status Maintenance, Reactivation and Proficiency for Non-Licensed Positions , Rev. 8.

Task Number: SRO-119-PAI-2.07-001

Title:

Maintain active NRC License.

Task Standard:

Applicant reviews data provided and determines:

1. RO A is INACTIVE
2. RO B is ACTIVE
3. SRO C is ACTIVE Validation Time: 15 minutes Time Critical: Yes No X
=============================================================================

Applicant: ___________________________ _________________ Time Start: ________

NAME Docket No. Time Finish: ________

Performance Rating: SAT ____ UNSAT ____ Performance Time ___

Examiner: _____________________________ _____________________________/________

NAME SIGNATURE DATE

==============================================================================

COMMENTS Page 2 of 13

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-S 2015-301 NRC EXAM Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

  • Laptop Computer.
  • NRC REFERENCE DISK.
  • NOTE: This JPM is designed to be performed in a classroom with procedures available to the applicant via a laptop computer loaded with the NRC REFERENCE DISK.

Page 3 of 13

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-S 2015-301 NRC EXAM DIRECTIONS TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions and state the task to be performed. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the cue sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Three (3) Reactor Operators (ROs) have the following history:

  • Reactor Operator A an NRC License in 2012.
  • Reactor Operator B was issued an NRC License on January 15, 2015.
  • SRO C obtained their NRC License in 2011.
  • All perform off-shift assignments at the plant.
  • All are current in License Operator Requalification Training.
  • LMS demonstrates associated medical requirements of OPDP-10 have been met for each operator.

The ACTIVE/INACTIVE status and time on shift since January 1, 2015 is as follows for each of the ROs:

REACTOR OPERATOR - A License was ACTIVE on January 1, 2015 01/02/15 Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

01/03/15 Worked 0700-1700 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

01/04/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

01/05/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

02/26/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

REACTOR OPERATOR - B License was ISSUED on January 15, 2015 02/01/15 Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 CRO.

02/02/15 Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

02/14/15 Worked 1900-0700 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

03/02/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift in the Tagging Office.

SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR - C License was ACTIVE on January 1, 2015 01/01/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 US.

01/02/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

01/03/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

01/05/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

01/14/15 Worked 1900-0700 shift as Refueling SRO.

02/02/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

Page 4 of 13

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-S 2015-301 NRC EXAM INITIATING CUES:

You are to determine if each of the operators is ACTIVE or INACTIVE as of 0700 on April 1, 2015.

Circle your answer in the statements provided below:

RO As License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.

RO Bs License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.

RO Cs License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.

Page 5 of 13

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-S 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT START TIME: _______

STEP 1.: Determine the ACTIVE / INACTIVE status of RO As license CRITICAL STANDARD: STEP The Applicant determines the license is INACTIVE due to the following ___ SAT reasons: (Critical)

Per OPDP-10, Section 3.2.2, Nuclear Plant Requirements for Maintaining ___ UNSAT Active License Status, Item B.

B. To be granted credit for a shift, the individual shall be present from shift turnover though shift turnover. The shift period is defined by the schedule worked by the rotating shift crews. Either 12-hour or 8-hour shifts is the normal.

The operator DID NOT work the required qualified 5 twelve hour shifts in a license position during the previous quarter.

On 1/08/15, the RO was not present on shift from shift turnover to shift turnover.

On 1/07/15, the RO worked in the Tagging Office for which credit was not received.

Step is critical to ensure an RO with an inactive license does not perform license duties.

COMMENTS:

Page 6 of 13

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-S 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT STEP 2.: Determine the ACTIVE / INACTIVE status of RO Bs license CRITICAL STANDARD: STEP The Applicant determines the license is ACTIVE due to the following ___ SAT reasons: (Critical)

Per OPDP-10, Section 3.2.1, ACTIVE LICENSE STATUS MAINTENANCE, ___ UNSAT Item C. When a licensee is issued a new NRC License number, the licensee is immediately active. The licensee is not required to perform 40 hours4.62963e-4 days <br />0.0111 hours <br />6.613757e-5 weeks <br />1.522e-5 months <br /> Under Instruction that calendar quarter and is not required to stand five (5) 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> shifts (or seven (7) eight hour shifts) in the calendar quarter that the new license number was issued. The licensee must stand five (5) 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> shifts (or seven (7) eight hour shifts) in the next calendar quarter to maintain an active license.

Step is critical to ensure an RO with an inactive license does not perform license duties.

COMMENTS:

Page 7 of 13

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 1-S 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT STEP 3.: Determine the ACTIVE / INACTIVE status of SRO Cs CRITICAL license STEP STANDARD:

___ SAT The Applicant determines the license is ACTIVE due to the following reasons: (Critical) ___ UNSAT Per OPDP-10, Section 3.1 ACTIVE LICENSE STATUS MAINTENANCE, Item A:

A. To maintain an active status, the licensee shall actively perform the functions of an operator or senior operator for a minimum of seven 8 hour9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> shifts a calendar quarter or five 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> shifts a calendar quarter in a position credited for watch-standing proficiency. To maintain the supervisory portion of a SRO license active, a SRO must stand at least one complete watch (8 or 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> shift) per calendar quarter in a shift crew position credited for SRO-only supervisory licensed duties. It is the licensees responsibility to maintain cognizance of his/her license status.

The remainder of complete watches (to meet the required minimum of seven 8-hour or five 12-hour shifts per calendar quarter) may be performed in either a credited SRO or RO position.

SRO C stood one 12-hour shift in the credited Unit Supervisor position, thus maintaining the supervisory portion of the license. SRO C stood an additional 4 12-hour shifts in the RO position of OAC.

SRO C stood one 12-hour shift as the Refueling SRO position, thus for which credit was not given.

Step is critical to ensure an SRO with an inactive license does not perform license duties.

COMMENTS:

STOP TIME ________

Page 8 of 13

1-S Key DO NOT HAND TO APPLICANT

You are to determine if each of the Operators Licenses is ACTIVE or INACTIVE as of 0700 on April 1, 2015.

Circle your answer in the statements provided below:

RO As License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE RO Bs License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE SRO Cs License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE

1-S Handout Package for Applicant

APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Three (3) Reactor Operators (ROs) have the following history:

  • Reactor Operator A an NRC License in 2012.
  • Reactor Operator B was issued an NRC License on January 15, 2015.
  • SRO C obtained their NRC License in 2011.
  • All perform off-shift assignments at the plant.
  • All are current in License Operator Requalification Training.
  • LMS demonstrates associated medical requirements of OPDP-10 have been met for each operator.

The ACTIVE/INACTIVE status and time on shift since January 1, 2015 is as follows for each of the ROs:

REACTOR OPERATOR - A License was ACTIVE on January 1, 2015 01/02/15 Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

01/03/15 Worked 0700-1700 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

01/04/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

01/05/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

02/26/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

REACTOR OPERATOR - B License was ISSUED on January 15, 2015 02/01/15 Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 CRO.

02/02/15 Worked 0700-1530 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

02/14/15 Worked 1900-0700 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

03/02/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift in the Tagging Office.

SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR - C License was ACTIVE on January 1, 2015 01/01/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 US.

01/02/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

01/03/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

01/05/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

01/14/15 Worked 1900-0700 shift as Refueling SRO.

02/02/15 Worked 0700-1900 shift as Unit 1 OAC.

1-S

APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIATING CUES:

You are to determine if each of the operators is ACTIVE or INACTIVE as of 0700 on April 1, 2015.

Circle your answer in the statements provided below:

RO As License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.

RO Bs License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.

RO Cs License is ACTIVE / INACTIVE.

1-S

Watts Bar Nuclear Plant 2015301 NRC EXAM Administrative JPM 2

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2

2015-301 NRC EXAM EVALUATION SHEET Task: PERFORM RCS DEBORATION CALCULATION.

Alternate Path: n/a Facility JPM #: New Safety Function: N/A

Title:

Equipment Control.

K/A 2.1.25 Ability to interpret reference materials, such as graphs, curves, tables, etc.

Rating(s): 3.9/4.2 CFR: 41.10/45.13 Evaluation Method: Simulator In-Plant Classroom X

References:

1-SOI-62.04, CVCS Purification System, Rev. 0001.

1-TI-59, Boron Tables, Rev. 0000 Task Number: RO-062-TI-59-001

Title:

Perform boron concentration change calculations.

Task Standard:

Applicant calculates it will take 96 minutes (acceptable range 92 to 100 minutes) to reduce RCS boron concentration from 40 ppm to 35 ppm based on 1-SOI-62.04, CVCS Purification System, Appendix B, RCS Deboration Calculation and TI-59, Boron Tables.

Validation Time: 15 minutes Time Critical: Yes No X

=============================================================================

Applicant: ___________________________ _________________ Time Start: ________

NAME Docket No. Time Finish: ________

Performance Rating: SAT ____ UNSAT ____ Performance Time ___

Examiner: _____________________________ _____________________________/________

NAME SIGNATURE DATE

==============================================================================

COMMENTS Page 2 of 10

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2

2015-301 NRC EXAM Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

  • Laptop Computer.
  • NRC REFERENCE DISK.
  • NOTE: This JPM is designed to be performed in a classroom with procedures available to the applicant via a laptop computer loaded with the NRC REFERENCE DISK.

Page 3 of 10

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2

2015-301 NRC EXAM DIRECTIONS TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions and state the task to be performed. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the cue sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 2 is performing pre-operational testing.
2. Unit 1 is in Mode 1 coasting down prior to refueling.
3. Current RCS CB is 40 ppm.
4. Current RCS temperature is 565 °F.
5. Mixed Bed A contains fresh, unborated resin.
6. Maximum letdown flow will be used during this evolution.
7. You are an extra operator.

INITIATING CUES:

The Unit SRO has directed you to perform 1-SOI-62.04, CVCS Purification System, Appendix B RCS Deboration Calculation, to determine the time that CVCS Mixed Bed Demineralizer A must be in service in order to reduce RCS boron concentration to 35 ppm.

Enter the results of your calculation here:

TIME =________________________________.

Page 4 of 10

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2

2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT START TIME: _______

STEP 1: [1] INDICATE Mixed Bed for which this calculation is being ___ SAT performed (CHECK ONLY ONE.)

___ UNSAT Mixed Bed A __________ OR Mixed Bed B __________

STANDARD:

From INITIAL CONDITIONS, the applicant checks Mixed Bed A.

COMMENTS:

NOTE This calculation is based on the Mixed Bed being a fresh unborated bed, all letdown flow being directed through the mixed bed being placed in service, and the following:

STEP 2: [2] RECORD current RCS Temperature: ___ SAT

___ UNSAT STANDARD:

From INITIAL CONDITIONS, applicant records 565 °F as the current RCS temperature.

COMMENTS:

Page 5 of 10

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2

2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT STEP 3: [3] RECORD RCS Volume (V) based on current RCS Temp CRITICAL using TI-59 (first page of App D through App N, as STEP appropriate.)

___ SAT STANDARD:

___ UNSAT Applicant locates 1-TI-59, and selects Appendix K, and records 86212.4 as the RCS volume.

COMMENTS:

STEP 4: [4] PERFORM the following calculation to estimate time in CRITICAL service: STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant enters letdown flow of 120 gpm, since the INITIAL CONDITIONS requires letdown flow to be at maximum, and RCS volume of 86212.4 gallons. Applicant calculates time of 96 minutes (Acceptable Range 92 to 100 minutes.)

Applicant documents time on Handout Sheet.

COMMENTS:

END OF TASK STOP TIME ________

Page 6 of 10

2 Key DO NOT HAND TO APPLICANT

2015-301NRC EXAM WBN CVCS Purification System 1-SOI-62.04 Unit 1 Rev. 0001 Page 93 of 99 JPM 2 Appendix B (Page 1 of 1)

RCS Deboration Calculation

[1] INDICATE Mixed Bed for which this Calculation is being performed (CHECK ONLY ONE.)

Mixed Bed A ________ X OR Mixed Bed B ________

KEY NOTE This calculation is based on the Mixed Bed being a fresh unborated bed, all letdown flow being directed through the mixed bed being placed in service, and the following:

QT Cf = Co e - V Where: Cf = Final Boron Concentration Co = Initial Boron Concentration Q = Mixed Bed Flow Rate (Letdown Flow in gpm)

V = RCS Volume at operating temperature (gals)

T = Time (minutes)

[2] RECORD current RCS Temperature:

565

________RCS Temp

[3] RECORD RCS Volume (V) based on current RCS Temp using TI-59 (first page of App D through App N, as appropriate.)

86212.4

________RCS Volume

[4] PERFORM the following calculation to estimate time in service:

35 40 86212.4

-ln (Cf/Co) V -ln (________ppm/________ppm) ________gals Time = =

Q 120

____________gpm Time = 95.9338486 minutes Should round to 96 minutes

[5] RECORD Mixed Bed Run times for which this Calculation is being performed (Times can be obtained from Attachment 1 for the associated demin).

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Run time Total time Initials Acceptable Range:

Rounding of result of 35/40 from 0.875 to 0.87 results in a time of 100 minutes Rounding of result of 35/40 from 0.875 to 0.88 results in a time of 92 minutes

20150301 NRC EXAM WBN Boron Tables 1-TI-59 Unit 1 Rev. 0000 Page 80 of 104 JPM 2 Appendix K (Page 1 of 8)

Boron Tables For RCS At 565°F KEY

2 Handout Package for Applicant

APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 2 is performing pre-operational testing.
2. Unit 1 is in Mode 1 coasting down prior to refueling.
3. Current RCS CB is 40 ppm.
4. Current RCS temperature is 565 °F.
5. Mixed Bed A contains fresh, unborated resin.
6. Maximum letdown flow will be used during this evolution.
7. You are an extra operator.

INITIATING CUES:

The Unit SRO has directed you to perform 1-SOI-62.04, CVCS Purification System, Appendix B RCS Deboration Calculation, to determine the time that CVCS Mixed Bed Demineralizer A must be in service in order to reduce RCS boron concentration to 35 ppm.

Enter the results of your calculation here:

TIME =________________________________.

2

WBN CVCS Purification System 1-SOI-62.04 Unit 1 Rev. 0001 Page 93 of 99 Appendix B (Page 1 of 1)

RCS Deboration Calculation

[1] INDICATE Mixed Bed for which this Calculation is being performed (CHECK ONLY ONE.)

Mixed Bed A ________ OR Mixed Bed B ________

NOTE This calculation is based on the Mixed Bed being a fresh unborated bed, all letdown flow being directed through the mixed bed being placed in service, and the following:

QT Cf = Co e - V Where: Cf = Final Boron Concentration Co = Initial Boron Concentration Q = Mixed Bed Flow Rate (Letdown Flow in gpm)

V = RCS Volume at operating temperature (gals)

T = Time (minutes)

[2] RECORD current RCS Temperature:

________RCS Temp

[3] RECORD RCS Volume (V) based on current RCS Temp using TI-59 (first page of App D through App N, as appropriate.)

________RCS Volume

[4] PERFORM the following calculation to estimate time in service:

-ln (Cf/Co) V -ln (________ppm/________ppm) ________gals Time = =

Q ____________gpm Time = ______________ minutes

[5] RECORD Mixed Bed Run times for which this Calculation is being performed (Times can be obtained from Attachment 1 for the associated demin).

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Run time Total time Initials

Watts Bar Nuclear Plant 2015301 NRC EXAM Administrative JPM 3 R

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3R 2015-301 NRC EXAM Task: CALCULATE QPTR AND EVALUATE RESULTS TO DETERMINE IF ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ARE MET.

Alternate Path: n/a Facility JPM #: Modified from 3-OT-JPMADA.2-1 Safety Function: N/A

Title:

Equipment Control.

K/A 2.2.12 Knowledge of surveillance procedures.

Rating(s): 3.7/4.1 CFR: 41.10 / 45.13 Evaluation Method: Simulator In-Plant Classroom X

References:

1-SI-0-21,Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference, Rev. 19; Nuclear Operating Book (NOB). A-2 Sheet 1 Rev. 129, Sheet 2 Rev. 128, Sheet 3 Rev. 129, Sheet 4 Rev 127.

Task Number: RO-092-SI-2-001

Title:

Perform a QPTR calculation.

Task Standard: The applicant:

1. Calculates Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio using 1-SI-0-21, Excore QPTR &

Axial Flux Difference, Attachment 1, QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents.

2. Evaluates results and concludes that the acceptance criterion for 1-SI-0-21, Shutdown Margin, Section 6.2, Conservative SDM Hand Calculation is NOT met for N-42 Upper Detector.

Validation Time: 15 minutes Time Critical: Yes No X

==================================================================================

Applicant: ___________________________ _________________ Time Start: ________

NAME Docket No. Time Finish: ________

Performance Rating: SAT ____ UNSAT ____ Performance Time ___

Examiner: _____________________________ _____________________________/________

NAME SIGNATURE DATE

==================================================================================

COMMENTS Page 2 of 17

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3R 2015-301 NRC EXAM Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

  • Laptop Computer.
  • NRC REFERENCE DISK.
  • NOTE: This JPM is designed to be performed in a classroom with procedures available to the applicant via a laptop computer loaded with the NRC REFERENCE DISK.

Page 3 of 17

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3R 2015-301 NRC EXAM READ TO OPERATOR DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions and state the task to be performed. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the cue sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 2 is conducting pre-operational testing.
2. Unit 1 is operating at 100% power.
3. AFD Monitor Alarm and QPTR alarms are out of service due to a card problem in the annunciator system.
4. 1-SI-0-21 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference is required to be performed every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> since both QPTR alarms are inoperable.
5. Plant computer is not available.
6. M&TE will NOT be utilized for data measurements.
7. You are a support CRO.

INITIATING CUES:

NOTE: Perform calculations to a sufficient number of decimal places to allow for evaluation of acceptance criteria.

PART 1 Given the data that was just obtained from each power range channel upper and lower detector currents, the Unit Supervisor directs you to perform 1-SI-0-21, Excore QPTR &

Axial Flux Difference, Attachment 1, QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents.

PART 2 Has ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA been MET? (Circle your answer)

YES NO Page 4 of 17

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3R 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT START TIME: _______

NOTE TO EVALUATOR: The following steps are from Attachment 1 of 1-SI-0-21.

NOTES

1) Determining detector currents by measuring the voltage across the detector's meter test points, using a DVM, is the most accurate method for measuring QPTR and for determining the validity of a QPTR alarm.
2) Using the detector current meter readings is another method to quickly check that QPTR is within limits. These meters are NOT as accurate as the DVM readings and may produce unacceptable results because: 1) the meters on the B drawer may be scaled too high or (2) the meter may be unstable due to drift or noise. When unacceptable results are obtained, DVM readings should be obtained; otherwise, Step 1.0[1] and 1.0[2] may be marked N/A if DVM NOT used.
3) Up to one inoperable excore channel can be marked N/A if THERMAL POWER is < 75%

RTP.

STEP 1: [1.] RECORD DVM information: ___ SAT A. TVA M&TE ID: ________________ ___ UNSAT B. Cal Due Date: ________________

STANDARD: Applicant refers to the INITIATING CUES and determines this step will not be used and per NOTE 3 marks Step 1.0[1] N/A.

COMMENTS:

STEP 3: [2.] ENSURE require M&TE is within its current calibration. ___ SAT STANDARD: Applicant refers to the INITIATING CUES and determines this ___ UNSAT step will not be used and per NOTE 3 marks Step 1.0[2] N/A.

COMMENTS:

Page 5 of 17

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3R 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT CAUTION An inadvertent reactor trip may be prevented by ensuring that no power range neutron high flux rate or power range high flux bistables are in the tripped condition prior to taking EACH measurement in the NIS Power Range Drawer B.

NOTES

1) The following determination may be made by measuring the voltage across the 1000 ohm precision resistor in NIS power range drawer B. When using this method the Ohm's Law conversion from a millivolt measurement to a microamp measurement only requires changing the unit designator (e.g., 280 millivolts converts to 280 microamps).
2) Detector A is the TOP or UPPER Detector and Detector B is the BOTTOM or LOWER detector on the NIS drawer B STEP 3: [3] DETERMINE the microamps for each upper and lower excore ___ SAT detector on each NIS power range drawer B, AND RECORD ___ UNSAT below.

STANDARD:

Applicant obtains the detector current microamp readings from the handout given during task assignment and enters the appropriate data into Attachment 1 Step 3.

COMMENTS:

NOTE:

Rt and Rb (detector calibration data) changes periodically throughout the cycle. Current values are on NOB Sheet A-2, NIS Calibration Data.

Page 6 of 17

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3R 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT EVALUATOR: The NOB Sheets attached to this JPM are to be given to the applicant when the applicant refers to the NOB. The data sheets attached are the basis for the calculations in the JPM.

STEP 4: [4] OBTAIN and RECORD values of Rt and Rb (volts/ microamps). CRITICAL STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant obtains the detector current values from NOB Sheets A-2 for the respective NIS Power Range Detectors and records them in appropriate blocks on Attachment 1 Step 4.

This step is critical since an incorrect entry may cause the resultant calculation to indicate that Acceptance Criteria are met, when in fact QPTR limit has been exceeded.

COMMENTS:

Page 7 of 17

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3R 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT STEP 5: [5] CALCULATE calibrated output voltages by multiplying the CRITICAL uncalibrated detector output currents by Rt or Rb (as STEP applicable). ___ SAT A. Vt = It x Rt ___ UNSAT B. Vb = Ib x Rb STANDARD:

Applicant calculates the calibrated output voltages [Step 3] by multiplying the respective detectors current reading by resistance values [Step 4] and records the results in appropriate blocks on Attachment 1 Step 5.

Step is critical since the values calculated will be used to calculate the average detector voltages.

COMMENTS:

Page 8 of 17

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3R 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT STEP 6: [6] CALCULATE average calibrated output voltage for the upper CRITICAL and lower detectors. STEP

___ SAT

___ UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant calculates the average output voltages for the upper detector by adding the respective upper detectors calibrated output voltage readings [from Step 5] and dividing the result by the number of channels in service. This process is repeated for the lower detector using the lower detector calibrated voltages. The results recorded in appropriate blocks on Attachment 1, Step 6.

Step is critical since the values calculated will be used to determine the QPTR for individual upper and lower detectors, and then compared to the Tech Spec limit to ensure compliance.

COMMENTS:

Page 9 of 17

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3R 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT STEP 7: [7] CALCULATE QPTR values by dividing each detectors CRITICAL (upper or lower) Calibration Output Voltage by the average STEP (upper or lower) Calibrated Output Voltage. ___ SAT A. QPTRt = Vt ÷ Avg Vt ___ UNSAT B. QPTRb = Vb x Avg Vb STANDARD:

Applicant calculates QPTR values by dividing the respective Calibrated Output Voltage [Step 5] by the Average Calibrated Output Voltage for each NIS channel detector [Step 6]. The results recorded in appropriate blocks on Attachment 1.

Step is critical since the values calculated will be used to determine whether the individual QPTR for each detector is within the Tech Spec limit to ensure compliance.

COMMENTS:

Page 10 of 17

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3R 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT STEP 8: [8] OBTAIN a review of calculations, results and Tech Spec ___ SAT Acceptance Criteria by task qualified individual.

___ UNSAT STANDARD: Applicant requests a review of the calculation by a Task Qualified individual (STA, SRO)

COMMENTS:

STEP 10: Informs the Unit Supervisor that Attachment 1 of 1-SI-0-21 CRITICAL has been completed and provides the results of the QPTR STEP calculation. ___ SAT STANDARD: ___ UNSAT Applicant informs the Unit Supervisor of the completion of Attachment 1 and Section 6.1 of 1-SI-0-21 and reports that acceptance criteria have not been satisfied. QPTR N-42 Upper Detector is 1.02783931, exceeding the QPTR limit of 1.02.

Step is critical since the value for N42T does not meet Acceptance Criteria of 1.02 (LCO 3.2.4).

EXAMINER CUE: Acknowledge report as Unit Supervisor.

COMMENTS:

END OF TASK TIME STOP: ________

Page 11 of 17

3R Key DO NOT HAND TO APPLICANT 3R

Calculations performed using Excel:

Upper Lower Itop Rtop Vtop Ibottom Rbottom Vbottom N41 373 0.03493 13.02889 370 0.03537 13.0869 N42 363 0.03688 13.38744 391 0.03343 13.07113 N43 369 0.03474 12.81906 399 0.0331 13.2069 N44 326 0.03946 12.86396 372 0.03442 12.80424 Average 13.0248375 Average 13.0422925 QPTR N41 1.000311136 1.003420219 N42 1.027839311 1.002211076 N42 0.984201146 1.012621056 N44 0.987648406 0.981747649

`

3R

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 18 of 25 2015-301 NRC EXAM Attachment 1 (Page 2 of 4)

JPM 3 R KEY QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents Data Package: Page ____ TODAY Date ________

1.0 QPTR DETERMINATION USING DETECTOR CURRENTS (continued)

CAUTION An inadvertent reactor trip may be prevented by ensuring that no power range channels neutron high flux rate or power range high flux bistables are in the tripped condition prior to taking EACH measurement in the NIS Power Range Drawer B.

NOTES

1) The following determination may be made by measuring the voltage across the 1000 ohm precision resistor in NIS power range drawer B. When using this method the Ohm's Law conversion from a millivolt measurement to a microamp measurement only requires changing the unit designator (e.g., 280 millivolts converts to 280 microamps).
2) Detector A is the TOP or UPPER Detector and Detector B is the BOTTOM or LOWER detector on the NIS drawer B

[3] DETERMINE the microamps for each upper and lower excore detector on each NIS power range drawer B, AND RECORD below.

UPPER DETECTOR LOWER DETECTOR NIS Channel It Detector Current Ib Detector Current (microamps) (microamps)

N-41A 373 370 N-42A 363 391 N-43A 369 399 N-44A 326 372 DAH

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 19 of 25 2015-301 NRC EXAM Attachment 1 (Page 3 of 4)

JPM 3 R KEY QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents Data Package: Page ____ TODAY Date ________

1.0 QPTR DETERMINATION USING DETECTOR CURRENTS (continued)

NOTE Rt and Rb (detector calibration data) changes periodically throughout the cycle. Current values are on Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-2, NIS Calibration Data.

[4] OBTAIN and RECORD values of Rt and Rb(volts/ microamps).

UPPER DETECTOR LOWER DETECTOR NIS Channel Rt (volts/ microamps) Rb (volts/ microamps)

N-41A 0.03493 0.03537 N-42A 0.03688 0.03343 N-43A 0.03474 0.03310 N-44A 0.03946 0.03442 DAH

[5] CALCULATE calibrated output voltages by multiplying the uncalibrated detector output currents by Rt or Rb (as applicable).

A. Vt = It x Rt B. Vb = Ib x Rb UPPER DETECTOR LOWER DETECTOR NIS Channel Vt Calib. Output Voltage Vb Calib. Output Voltage N-41A 13.02889 13.0869 N-42A 13.38744 13.07113 N-43A 12.81906 13.2069 N-44A 12.86396 12.80424 DAH

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 20 of 25 2015-301 NRC EXAM Attachment 1 (Page 4 of 4)

JPM 3 R KEY QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents Data Package: Page ____ TODAY Date ________

1.0 QPTR DETERMINATION USING DETECTOR CURRENTS (continued)

[6] CALCULATE average calibrated output voltage for the upper and lower detectors.

UPPER Vt LOWER Vb AVERAGE 13.0248375 13.0422925 DAH

[7] CALCULATE QPTR values by dividing each detector's (upper or lower) Calibration Output Voltage by the average (upper or lower) Calibration Output Voltage.

A. QPTRt = Vt ÷ Avg Vt B. QPTRb = Vb ÷ Avg Vb UPPER DETECTOR LOWER DETECTOR NIS Channel QPTRt Value QPTRb Value N-41A 1.000311136 1.003420219 N-42A 1.02783931 1.002211076 N-43A 0.984201146 1.012621056 N-44A 0.987648406 0.981747649 DAH

[8] OBTAIN a review of calculations, results and Tech Spec DAH Acceptance Criteria by task qualified individual. ________

WBN Unit 1 2015-301 NRC EXAM Excore QPTR Axial Flux Difference 1-SI-0-21 Rev. 0019 Page 11 of 25 JPM 3R KEY Data Package: Page ____ Date ________

5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA NOTE When one Excore detector is inoperable and Thermal Power is < 75 % RTP, the three remaining detectors may be used to calculate the average. If one Excore detector is inoperable and Thermal Power is 75 % RTP, REFER TO 1-SI-0-22.

A. Calculated QPTR is 1.02.

NOTE The AFD limits specified in Technical Specifications, Unit 1 Core Operating Limit Report (COLR) may be less restrictive than those resulting from compliance with other Surveillance Requirements that would be published in Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1.1 B. AFD is within Limits of Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1, Target Band vs. Power Level for OPERABLE excore channels, which will ensure requirements of the COLR are met per the following conditions 1

1. At least 2-out-of-3 channels within Limits, when 3 AFD channels are OPERABLE.

OR

2. At least 3-out-of-4 channels within Limits, when 4 AFD channels are OPERABLE.

Applicant compares results of calculation to the Tech Spec limit of <1.02, and determines that N-41B Top exceeds the ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA of 1-SI-0-21, Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference. Applicant circles NO on the sheet.

3R

3R Handout Package for Applicant

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 2 is conducting pre-operational testing.
2. Unit 1 is operating at 100% power.
3. AFD Monitor Alarm and QPTR alarms are out of service due to a card problem in the annunciator system.
4. 1-SI-0-21 Excore QPTR & Axial Flux Difference is required to be performed every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> since both QPTR alarms are inoperable.
5. Plant computer is not available.
6. M&TE will NOT be utilized for data measurements.
7. You are a support CRO.

INITIATING CUES:

NOTE: Perform calculations to a sufficient number of decimal places to allow for evaluation of acceptance criteria.

PART 1 Given the data that was just obtained from each power range channel upper and lower detector currents, the Unit Supervisor directs you to perform 1-SI-0-21, Excore QPTR &

Axial Flux Difference, Attachment 1, QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents.

PART 2 Has ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA been MET? (Circle your answer)

YES NO 3R

Data obtained from each power range channel upper and lower detector currents UPPER DETECTOR LOWER DETECTOR NIS CHANNEL It Detector Current Ib Detector Current (microamps) (microamps)

N-41A 373 370 N-42A 363 391 N-43A 369 399 N-44A 326 372 3R

Watts Bar Nuclear Plant Unit 1 Surveillance Instruction 1-SI-0-21 Excore QPTR Axial Flux Difference Revision 0019 Quality Related Level of Use: Continuous Use Effective Date: 08-19-2013 Responsible Organization: RXE, Reactor Engineering Prepared By: Kevin S. Elam Approved By: Lukus S. Barnes

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 2 of 25 Revision Log Revision Affected or Change Effective Page Number Date Numbers Description of Revision/Change 13 07/18/2002 2, 5, 8, 10, NON-INTENT Revision. Clarified when to use 11, 16 & hand calculation using Attachment 1. Clarified 18 Detector A is the upper and Detector B is the lower detector. Clarified when three detectors are acceptable.

14 10/19/2004 2, 11, 19 NON-INTENT Revision. Revised for PER 67703. Added step to perform hand calculation in Attachment 1 during NIS calibrations. Added steps to perform a technical review of calculations performed in Attachment 1.

15 03/17/08 All This procedure has been converted from Word 95 to Word XP using Rev. 14 by the Conversion Team. NON-INTENT Revision to clarify the conditions which the QPTR and AFD Monitor Alarms are operable during Power Range calibrations.

16 12/28/2009 2 & 21 NON-INTENT change to clarify the qualification and requirements of post-performance reviewer (PER 169445). Removed rev from Revision Log.

17 02/09/2010 2, 9, 13 NON-INTENT change to clarify use of the C1 coefficients and the fact that the AFD points are available below 50% RTP.

18 03/16/12 All NON-INTENT change to alter administrative actions. Add guidance to perform RCS Loop Delta T and Tave trending IAW PER 492835.

Other administrative enhancements, such as Unit 1 or 2 nomenclature.

19 08/19/13 2, 22, 24 Minor Editorial change to change the "2nd Party" verifications to "Concurrent Verifications".

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 3 of 25 Table of Contents

1.0 INTRODUCTION

.......................................................................................................... 5 1.1 Purpose ........................................................................................................................ 5 1.2 Scope............................................................................................................................ 5 1.2.1 Activities to be Performed ............................................................................... 5 1.2.2 Surveillance Requirements Fulfilled and Unit Modes ...................................... 5 1.3 Frequency and Conditions ............................................................................................ 6 1.4 Background................................................................................................................... 7

2.0 REFERENCES

............................................................................................................. 8 2.1 Performance References .............................................................................................. 8 2.2 Developmental References........................................................................................... 8 2.2.1 TVA Procedures.............................................................................................. 8 2.2.2 Other ............................................................................................................... 8 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ........................................................................... 9 4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS ........................................................................................ 10 4.1 Preliminary Actions ..................................................................................................... 10 4.2 Special Tools, M&TE, Parts, and Supplies ................................................................. 10 4.3 Approvals and Notifications ........................................................................................ 10 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ......................................................................................... 11 6.0 PERFORMANCE ........................................................................................................ 12 6.1 Excore QPTR Determination ...................................................................................... 12 6.2 Axial Flux Difference AFD Determination.................................................................... 13 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY ............................................................................ 15 8.0 RECORDS .................................................................................................................. 16 8.1 QA Records ................................................................................................................ 16 8.2 Non-QA Records ........................................................................................................ 16 : QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents ...................................... 17 : Maintenance of QPTR Constants On the ICS ......................................... 21 : Maintenance of AFD And Target Band Constants On The ICS .............................................................................................................. 23

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 4 of 25 Table of Contents (continued)

Source Notes............................................................................................. 25

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 5 of 25

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Purpose This Instruction provides detailed steps for determination of the Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio (QPTR) and Axial Flux Difference (AFD).2 1.2 Scope 1.2.1 Activities to be Performed A. Determination that QPTR is within limits.

B. Determination that AFD is within limits.

C. Maintenance of QPTR Constants on the plant Integrated Computer System (ICS).

D. Maintenance of AFD and Target Band Constants on the ICS.

1.2.2 Surveillance Requirements Fulfilled and Unit Modes Performance of this instruction satisfies the following Surveillance Requirements (SRs):

SURVEILLANCE APPLICABLE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENT MODES MODES SR 3.2.4.1 1 (1) 1 (3) (2)

SR p 3.2.3.1 1 1 (1)

LCO 3.2.4 1 1 Action A.2 (1) Above 50% RATED THERMAL POWER (RTP).

(2) Greater than or equal to 50% RTP.

(3) This instruction is used for the 7 day frequency only. 1-SI-92-5 is used for the hourly frequency.

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 6 of 25 1.3 Frequency and Conditions NOTE The ICS serves as the AFD Monitor Alarm and alternate to the QPTR alarm. The alarms are considered operable provided the computer is NOT failed and the calculated values are NOT flagged as NCAL.

A. Sections 6.1 and 6.2 are to be performed every 7 days if the QPTR & AFD alarms are OPERABLE and THERMAL POWER is 50% RTP.

B. Section 6.1 is to be performed every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> if both of the QPTR alarms are INOPERABLE and THERMAL POWER is greater than 50% RTP.

C. Section 6.1 is to be performed following each NIS calibration when new calibration data is being entered to reset the clock associated with the inoperable QPTR alarm.

D. Section 6.1 and Attachment 1 may be performed after alarm indication of a Quadrant Power Tilt to verify validity and to more accurately determine the extent of the Quadrant Power Tilt.

E. QPTR and AFD determinations are required to be current before power escalation above 50% RTP.

F. Performance of Section 6.1 is NOT appropriate with one excore channel inoperable and THERMAL POWER 75% RTP. Under these conditions, SR 3.2.4.2 applies and 1-SI-0-22 will need to be performed.

G. Performance of Section 6.2 is NOT appropriate when the AFD monitor is INOPERABLE (e.g. the ICS or other software problems). Under this condition, 1-SI-92-5 must be performed.

H. ICS constants are required to be maintained current. Constants should be verified prior to the initial performance of this instruction after refueling and can be verified in any mode and at any time.

I. This SI or portions of this instruction may be performed at times other than those specified at the discretion of the Reactor Engineering Manager or SM/Unit SRO.

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 7 of 25 1.4 Background QPTR is the ratio of the maximum upper excore detector calibrated output to the average of the upper excore detector calibrated outputs or the ratio of the maximum lower excore detector calibrated output to the average of the lower excore detector calibrated outputs, whichever is greater. If one excore detector is inoperable and THERMAL POWER is < 75% RTP, the remaining three detectors shall be used for computing the average.

The primary QPTR alarms are 1-XA-55-4B-83B, POWER RANGE UPR DETECTOR FLUX DEVN [1-M-4] and 1-XA-55-4B-83C, POWER RANGE LWR DETECTOR FLUX DEVN [1-M-4]. The secondary or alternate QPTR alarm is from the ICS and triggers the RONAN annunciation on [1-M-4] 1-XA-55-4B-83D, PLANT COMPUTER GENERATED ALARM (SEE ICS).

During normal surveillance of QPTR, the ICS calculation of QPTR is the preferred method to meet the surveillance. The most accurate method of calculating QPTR is by measuring the excore detector voltage across the detector's current meter test points in NIS power range drawer B. This is the preferred method for determining if the QPTR alarm indication is valid and to determine the extent of the Quadrant Power Tilt.

The ICS serves as the AFD Monitor Alarm and is considered operable provided that the computer is NOT failed and the calculated values are NOT flagged by NCAL. If the computer AFD data points differ significantly from MCR values, contact the plant computer Software Engineer for evaluation.

Axial Flux Difference is the difference in the normalized flux signals between the top and bottom halves of a two section excore neutron detector. The DELTA FLUX program on the ICS monitors the AFD of each of the operable excore channels once each minute and provides an alarm if the AFD for two or more operable excore channels are outside specified limits and triggers the RONAN annunciation on

[1-M-4] 1-XA-55-4B-83D, PLANT COMPUTER GENERATED ALARM (SEE ICS). If the ICS is inoperable, the indications on 1-M-4 are acceptable by themselves to monitor AFD. REFER TO instruction 1-SI-92-5 when the AFD alarm function is inoperable.

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 8 of 25

2.0 REFERENCES

2.1 Performance References A. Unit 1 Nuclear Operating Book (NOB), Sheet A-1, Target Band vs. Power Level B. Unit 1 Nuclear Operating Book (NOB), Sheet A-2, NIS Calibration Data C. 1-SI-0-22, INCORE QPTR D. WBN Integrated Computer System, System Users Guide E. TI-68.011, Acquisition of T, T, To, And RCS Streaming Factors for Periodic Update 2.2 Developmental References 2.2.1 TVA Procedures A. ARI-81-87, NIS & ROD CONTROLS B. 0-SI-0-3, Weekly Log C. 1-SI-92-2, NIS Monthly Recalibration Data D. 1-SI-92-5, Hourly Axial Flux Difference Inspection E. NPG-SPP-10.4, Reactivity Management Program 2.2.2 Other A. Unit 1 Technical Specifications, Section 3.2.3 B. Unit 1 Technical Specifications, Section 3.2.4 C. Westinghouse Letter 97TV-G-0066, WESTINGHOUSE POSITION ON CORE TILT, August 27, 1997 D. TVA Letter T41920727938, T/S Alarms For QPTR, July 27, 1992 E. Unit 1 CORE OPERATING LIMITS REPORT (COLR) [current cycle]

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 9 of 25 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. The meter test points in NIS Power Range drawer B are NOT isolated signals and improper measurement of the detector voltage while in the NIS drawer could cause a channel trip.

B. An inadvertent reactor trip may be prevented by ensuring that no power range neutron high flux rate or power range high flux channels are in the tripped condition prior to taking a detector voltage measurement in each power range drawer B.

C. AFD should be maintained within the limits specified in the Unit 1 Nuclear Operating Book (NOB) which will ensure requirements of the Unit 1 CORE OPERATING LIMITS REPORT (COLR) are met.

D. The ICS AFD data points should NOT differ significantly from MCR values when both the ICS and Power Range channels are calibrated.

E. When performing this instruction following an NIS calibration (on all 4 channels), this surveillance instruction must be performed between calibrations.

If Reactor Engineering used 1-SI-92-3, Incore-Excore Cross Calibration Data, to calibrate the ICS calculations for AFD and QPTR via non 1.00000 values for the power range computer point C1 coefficients, then the ICS QPTR calculation is OPERABLE (even though the 1-XA-55-4B-83B and 1-XA-55-4B-83C alarms are not yet calibrated).

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 10 of 25 Data Package: Page ____ Date ________

4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS 4.1 Preliminary Actions

[1] RECORD the start date and time on Surveillance Task Sheet. ________

[2] IF the Integrated Computer System (ICS) constants associated with QPTR require updating, THEN PERFORM Attachment 2. ________

[3] IF the ICS constants associated with AFD or Target Band require updating, THEN PERFORM Attachment 3. ________

4.2 Special Tools, M&TE, Parts, and Supplies

[1] IF QPTR is to be determined by measurement across meter test points, THEN ENSURE the following M&TE is available:

DESCRIPTION MINIMUM RANGE REQUIRED ACCURACY Keithley Model 197 0.1 to 0.5 Vdc +/- 0.1%

or equivalent 4.3 Approvals and Notifications

[1] NOTIFY SM/Unit SRO of intent to perform this Instruction ________

[2] IF QPTR is to be determined by measurement across meter test points, THEN NOTIFY Instrument Maintenance that support is required for Instruction performance. ________

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 11 of 25 Data Package: Page ____ Date ________

5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA NOTE When one Excore detector is inoperable and Thermal Power is < 75 % RTP, the three remaining detectors may be used to calculate the average. If one Excore detector is inoperable and Thermal Power is 75 % RTP, REFER TO 1-SI-0-22.

A. Calculated QPTR is 1.02.

NOTE The AFD limits specified in Technical Specifications, Unit 1 Core Operating Limit Report (COLR) may be less restrictive than those resulting from compliance with other Surveillance Requirements that would be published in Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1.1 B. AFD is within Limits of Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1, Target Band vs. Power Level for OPERABLE excore channels, which will ensure requirements of the COLR are met per the following conditions 1

1. At least 2-out-of-3 channels within Limits, when 3 AFD channels are OPERABLE.

OR

2. At least 3-out-of-4 channels within Limits, when 4 AFD channels are OPERABLE.

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 12 of 25 Data Package: Page ____ Date ________

6.0 PERFORMANCE 6.1 Excore QPTR Determination NOTES

1) Obtaining QPTR calculated values from the ICS is the preferred method to check that the QPTR is within Technical Specification limits. QPTR values are obtained from ICS calculated computer points for upper and lower radial flux tilt. These points are available on the "Tilting Factors" display. The report may be printed with Turn On code TFREP.
2) Up to one inoperable excore channel can be marked N/A if THERMAL POWER is

< 75% RTP.

[1] IF performing this instruction during an NIS calibration (when all four channels are NOT complete), THEN REFER to Precautions and Limitations 3.0E. ________

[2] IF the ICS is available, THEN PRINT the Tilting Factors Report AND/OR PERFORM the QPTR calculations using Attachment 1. ________

[3] REVIEW the Upper (A) and Lower (B) QPTR values. ________

[4] CHECK () Acceptance Criteria.

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA: All operable excore channels (upper (A) and lower (B)) indicate a QPTR 1.02.

YES NO

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 13 of 25 Data Package: Page ____ Date ________

6.2 Axial Flux Difference AFD Determination NOTES

1) Up to one inoperable excore channel can be marked N/A.
2) IF the C1 Coefficients are not set to 1.00000, THEN there may a difference between the I Meter and Computer Point AFD values.

[1] RECORD the AFD from [1-M-4] for each operable excore channel.

NIS INSTRUMENT QUADRANT Flux %

Channel NUMBER # (i.e. AFD)

N-41A 1-NI-41C Quadrant 4  %

N-42A 1-NI-42C Quadrant 2  %

N-43A 1-NI-43C Quadrant 1  %

N-44A 1-NI-44C Quadrant 3  %

NOTES

1) AFD values are available on the "Primary Mimics, Doghouse Display" and on the "Tilting Factors" display. The report may be printed with turn on code TFREP, if not previously printed.
2) Below 50% RTP, AFD limits do not apply, but the ICS AFD Limit points will be linear extensions to the line segments from 50% to 100% RTP; therefore, Steps 6.2[4] and 6.2[5] may be N/A.
3) AFD Limits on Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1 and the ICS may be more conservative than the Unit 1 COLR values.

[2] REVIEW the Dynamic AFD Display and the Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1, AND RECORD the more conservative AFD Low and High Limit values.

AFD Low Limit  %

(Negative)

AFD High Limit  %

(Positive)

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 14 of 25 Data Package: Page ____ Date ________

6.2 Axial Flux Difference AFD Determination (continued)

[3] VERIFY () Acceptance Criteria.

Acceptance Criteria: AFD is within Limits of Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1, Target Band vs. Power Level for OPERABLE excore channels, which will ensure requirements of the Unit 1 COLR are met per the following conditions:1

  • At least 2-out-of-3 channels within Limits, when 3 AFD channels are OPERABLE.
  • At least 3-out-of-4 channels within Limits, when 4 AFD channels are OPERABLE.

YES NO

[4] VERIFY the AFD limits on Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1 are representative of those displayed on the Dynamic AFD Display on the ICS. ________

[5] IF Steps 6.2[3] or 6.2[4] criteria was NOT met, THEN NOTIFY SM/SRO and Reactor Engineering for evaluation of the AFD Monitor/Alarm operability, AND PERFORM 1-SI-92-5, Hourly Axial Flux Difference Inspection, as required. ________

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 15 of 25 Data Package: Page ____ Date ________

7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY NOTE To be considered a complete weekly performance, the Tech Spec Acceptance Criteria must be satisfied by performance of both Sections 6.1 and 6.2.

[1] RECORD completion date and time on Surveillance Task Sheet. ________

[2] NOTIFY SM/Unit SRO that this Instruction is complete. ________

NOTES

1) The independent review performed on the STS sheet may be performed by either Operations or Reactor Engineering.
2) The remaining steps in this section may be completed after SRO acceptance criteria review, but before the WO is closed.

[3] IF the performance of this instruction is for the weekly routine performance, THEN CONTINUE with Step 7.0[4].

OTHERWISE, MARK the remainder of this instruction N/A. ________

[4] EVALUATE the need to update the Reactivity Briefing Binder. ________

[5] IF the Reactivity Briefing Binder needs updating, THEN INITIATE an update. ________

[6] TREND the indications for the RCS Loop T and Tavg.3 ________

[7] IF the trends indicate that an RCS Loop T is approximately 0.7% deviant from THERMAL POWER, THEN PERFORM the following:

A. NOTIFY the applicable Engineer that TI-68.011 needs to be performed to update the applicable Delta To.3 ________

[8] IF the trends indicate that an RCS Loop Tavg is approximately 0.7°F deviant from Tavgo at nominal full power, THEN PERFORM the following:

A. NOTIFY the applicable Engineer that TI-68.011 needs to be performed to update the applicable Tavgo.3 ________

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 16 of 25 8.0 RECORDS 8.1 QA Records The Data Package is a QA record, is handled in accordance with the Document Control and Records Management Program, and contains the following:

Completed parts of Sections 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, and 7.0 Completed Attachments Surveillance Task Sheet Other sheets added during the performance 8.2 Non-QA Records No non-QA records are created by this Instruction.

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 17 of 25 Attachment 1 (Page 1 of 4)

QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents Data Package: Page ____ Date ________

1.0 QPTR DETERMINATION USING DETECTOR CURRENTS NOTES

1) Determining detector currents by measuring the voltage across the detector's meter test points, using a DVM, is the most accurate method for measuring QPTR and for determining the validity of a QPTR alarm.
2) Using the detector current meter readings is another method to quickly check that QPTR is within limits. These meters are NOT as accurate as the DVM readings and may produce unacceptable results because: 1) the meters on the B drawer may be scaled too high or (2) the meter may be unstable due to drift or noise. When unacceptable results are obtained, DVM readings should be obtained; otherwise, Step 1.0[1] and 1.0[2] may be marked N/A if DVM NOT used.
3) Up to one inoperable excore channel can be marked N/A if THERMAL POWER is

< 75% RTP.

[1] RECORD DVM information:

TVA M&TE ID: _____________________

Cal Due Date: _____/_____/___________ ________

[2] ENSURE required M&TE is within its current calibration. ________

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 18 of 25 Attachment 1 (Page 2 of 4)

QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents Data Package: Page ____ Date ________

1.0 QPTR DETERMINATION USING DETECTOR CURRENTS (continued)

CAUTION An inadvertent reactor trip may be prevented by ensuring that no power range channels neutron high flux rate or power range high flux bistables are in the tripped condition prior to taking EACH measurement in the NIS Power Range Drawer B.

NOTES

1) The following determination may be made by measuring the voltage across the 1000 ohm precision resistor in NIS power range drawer B. When using this method the Ohm's Law conversion from a millivolt measurement to a microamp measurement only requires changing the unit designator (e.g., 280 millivolts converts to 280 microamps).
2) Detector A is the TOP or UPPER Detector and Detector B is the BOTTOM or LOWER detector on the NIS drawer B

[3] DETERMINE the microamps for each upper and lower excore detector on each NIS power range drawer B, AND RECORD below.

UPPER DETECTOR LOWER DETECTOR NIS Channel It Detector Current Ib Detector Current (microamps) (microamps)

N-41A N-42A N-43A N-44A

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 19 of 25 Attachment 1 (Page 3 of 4)

QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents Data Package: Page ____ Date ________

1.0 QPTR DETERMINATION USING DETECTOR CURRENTS (continued)

NOTE Rt and Rb (detector calibration data) changes periodically throughout the cycle. Current values are on Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-2, NIS Calibration Data.

[4] OBTAIN and RECORD values of Rt and Rb(volts/ microamps).

UPPER DETECTOR LOWER DETECTOR NIS Channel Rt (volts/ microamps) Rb (volts/ microamps)

N-41A N-42A N-43A N-44A

[5] CALCULATE calibrated output voltages by multiplying the uncalibrated detector output currents by Rt or Rb (as applicable).

A. Vt = It x Rt B. Vb = Ib x Rb UPPER DETECTOR LOWER DETECTOR NIS Channel Vt Calib. Output Voltage Vb Calib. Output Voltage N-41A N-42A N-43A N-44A

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 20 of 25 Attachment 1 (Page 4 of 4)

QPTR Determination Using Detector Currents Data Package: Page ____ Date ________

1.0 QPTR DETERMINATION USING DETECTOR CURRENTS (continued)

[6] CALCULATE average calibrated output voltage for the upper and lower detectors.

UPPER Vt LOWER Vb AVERAGE

[7] CALCULATE QPTR values by dividing each detector's (upper or lower) Calibration Output Voltage by the average (upper or lower) Calibration Output Voltage.

A. QPTRt = Vt ÷ Avg Vt B. QPTRb = Vb ÷ Avg Vb UPPER DETECTOR LOWER DETECTOR NIS Channel QPTRt Value QPTRb Value N-41A N-42A N-43A N-44A

[8] OBTAIN a review of calculations, results and Tech Spec Acceptance Criteria by task qualified individual. ________

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 21 of 25 Attachment 2 (Page 1 of 2)

Maintenance of QPTR Constants On the ICS Data Package: Page ____ Date ________

1.0 CONSTANTS APPLICABLE TO THE ICS TILT REVIEW PROGRAM Pt Mnemonic Point Description Point ID Units Source Q1UTILTF UPPER Q1 NIS TILT NORM FACTOR (CH 43) K0600 NONE XR-RCON Q2UTILTF UPPER Q2 NIS TILT NORM FACTOR (CH 42) K0601 NONE XR-RCON Q3UTILTF UPPER Q3 NIS TILT NORM FACTOR (CH 44) K0602 NONE XR-RCON Q4UTILTF UPPER Q4 NIS TILT NORM FACTOR (CH 41) K0603 NONE XR-RCON Q1LTILTF LOWER Q1 NIS TILT NORM FACTOR (CH 43) K0604 NONE XR-RCON Q2LTILTF LOWER Q2 NIS TILT NORM FACTOR (CH 42) K0605 NONE XR-RCON Q3LTILTF LOWER Q3 NIS TILT NORM FACTOR (CH 44) K0606 NONE XR-RCON Q4LTILTF LOWER Q4 NIS TILT NORM FACTOR (CH 41) K0607 NONE XR-RCON UPQPTLIM UPPER NIS TILT ALARM LIMIT K0608 NONE XR-RCON LOQPTLIM LOWER NIS TILT ALARM LIMIT K0609 NONE XR-RCON PRQPTLIM POWER RANGE NIS TILT ALARM LIMIT K0610 NONE XR-RCON

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 22 of 25 Attachment 2 (Page 2 of 2)

Maintenance of QPTR Constants On the ICS Data Package: Page ____ Date ________

1.0 CONSTANTS APPLICABLE TO THE ICS TILT REVIEW PROGRAM (continued)

[1] OBTAIN the latest source document for the applicable constant to be updated. This may be the Unit 1 Core Operating Limit Report or a performance package from a Surveillance Instruction or other applicable approved document. ________

[2] RECORD the Point ID and current as found value of the applicable constant(s) to be updated on the STS sheet. ________

[3] RECORD the Point ID and new value of the applicable constant(s) to be updated on the STS sheet OR ATTACH a copy of the applicable source document (applicable pages) to the data package. ________

[4] UPDATE the ICS as applicable. ________

[5] VERIFY the constants that have been updated on the ICS match the proposed new constants provided in Step 1.0[3]

above. ________

CV

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 23 of 25 Attachment 3 (Page 1 of 2)

Maintenance of AFD And Target Band Constants On The ICS Data Package: Page ____ Date ________

1.0 CONSTANTS APPLICABLE TO THE ICS OF AFD AND TARGET BAND PROGRAM.

NOTE Most of these constants may be updated using the ICS UPDATE CONSTANTS function on the AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE MAIN MENU.

Pt Mnemonic Point Description Point ID Units Source MAXCTP REAC TOTAL THERMAL AT 100 PC Q K0029 MW KAFD1 INC/EXC OFFSET RATIO QUAD 1 (CH 3) K0551  %/Volt XR-RCON KAFD2 INC/EXC OFFSET RATIO QUAD 2 (CH 2) K0552  %/Volt XR-RCON KAFD3 INC/EXC OFFSET RATIO QUAD 3 (CH 4) K0553  %/Volt XR-RCON KAFD4 INC/EXC OFFSET RATIO QUAD 4 (CH 1) K0554  %/Volt XR-RCON LOOFFSET RAOC NEG AFD WARNING BAND TO LIMIT K2022  % XR-RCON HIOFFSET RAOC POS AFD WARNING BAND TO LIMIT K2023 PCT XR-RCON AFLLX RAOC NEGATIVE AFD LIMIT AT 50% POWER K2024X PCT XR-RCON AFLLY RAOC NEGATIVE AFD LO PWR SETPT (50%) K2024Y PCT XR-RCON AFLUX RAOC NEGATIVE AFD LIMIT AT FULL POWER K2025X PCT XR-RCON AFLUY RAOC NEGATIVE AFD BRKPT POWER (100%) K2025Y PCT XR-RCON AFHUX RAOC POSITIVE AFD LIMIT AT FULL POWER K2026X PCT XR-RCON AFHUY RAOC POSITIVE AFD BRKPT POWER (100%) K2026Y PCT XR-RCON AFHLX RAOC POSITIVE AFD LIMIT AT 50% PWR K2027X PCT XR-RCON AFHLY RAOC POSITIVE AFD LOW PWR STPT (50%) K2027Y PCT XR-RCON AFDTARG AFD TARGET VALUE AT FULL POWER K2028 PCT XR-RCON OFFSTL AFD NEGATIVE BANDWITH FROM TARGET K2029 PCT XR-RCON OFFSTH AFD POSITIVE BANDWITH FROM TARGET K2030 PCT XR-RCON TIME OUT OF BAND LIMIT - AFD K2031 MIN

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 24 of 25 Attachment 3 (Page 2 of 2)

Maintenance of AFD And Target Band Constants On The ICS Data Package: Page ____ Date ________

1.0 CONSTANTS APPLICABLE TO THE ICS OF AFD AND TARGET BAND PROGRAM. (continued)

[1] OBTAIN the latest source document for the applicable constant to be updated. This may be the Unit 1 Core Operating Limit Report or a performance package from a Surveillance Instruction or other applicable approved document. ________

[2] RECORD the Point ID and current as found value of the applicable constant(s) to be updated on the STS sheet. ________

[3] RECORD the Point ID and new value of the applicable constant(s) to be updated on the STS sheet OR ATTACH a copy of the applicable source document (applicable pages) to the data package. ________

[4] UPDATE the ICS as applicable. ________

[5] VERIFY the constants that had been updated on the ICS match the proposed new constants provided in Step 1.0[3]

above. ________

CV

WBN Excore QPTR 1-SI-0-21 Unit 1 & Rev. 0019 Axial Flux Difference Page 25 of 25 Source Notes (Page 1 of 1)

Implementing Requirements Statement Source Document Statement Referenced more conservative limits of WBPER960655 1 Unit 1 NOB Sheet A-1 instead of the Unit 1 COLR Limits.

Corrective action to prevent missing WBPER970101 2 surveillance requirements.

Trend RCS Delta T and T values for WBN PER 492835 3 potential update and notify the applicable Engineer, as necessary.

Watts Bar Nuclear Plant 2015301 NRC EXAM Administrative JPM 3 S

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3S 2015-301 NRC EXAM EVALUATION SHEET Task: EVALUATE CONDITIONS AND APPLY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Alternate Path: n/a Facility JPM #: Modified.

Safety Function: N/A

Title:

Equipment Control.

K/A 2.2.37 Ability to determine operability and/or availability of safety related equipment.

Rating(s): 3.6/4.6 CFR: 41.7 / 43.5 / 45.12 Evaluation Method: Simulator In-Plant Classroom X

References:

WBN Technical Specifications, Amendment 98.

1-PI-OPS-1-PE, Protected Equipment, Rev 15.

Task Number: RO-119-SSP-12 -007

Title:

Monitor plant conditions to ensure compliance with Technical Specification Limited Conditions for Operation (LCO) requirements.

Task Standard: PART 1:

The applicant determines that entry into LCO 3.7.5, Auxiliary Feedwater (AFW)

System, Condition B is required, and TD AFW pump must be returned to OPERABLE status within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />.

PART 2 The applicant determines equipment which needs to be protected using 1-PI-OPS-1-PE, Protected Equipment, Rev 15 Page 32 of 68 Table TD AFWP.

Validation Time: 15 minutes Time Critical: Yes No X

=============================================================================

Applicant: ___________________________ _________________ Time Start: ________

NAME Docket No. Time Finish: ________

Performance Rating: SAT ____ UNSAT ____ Performance Time ___

Examiner: _____________________________ _____________________________/________

NAME SIGNATURE DATE

==============================================================================

COMMENTS Page 2 of 10

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3S 2015-301 NRC EXAM Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

  • Laptop Computer.
  • NRC REFERENCE DISK.
  • NOTE: This JPM is designed to be performed in a classroom with procedures available to the applicant via a laptop computer loaded with the NRC REFERENCE DISK.

Page 3 of 10

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3S 2015-301 NRC EXAM DIRECTIONS TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions and state the task to be performed. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the cue sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 1 is in MODE 1, 100% power.
2. A steam leak downstream of 1-FCV-1-17, MAIN STEAM AUX FWP HDR SUPPLY ISOL has developed and was subsequently isolated.

INITIATING CUES:

PART 1 Based on the INITIAL CONDITIONS given, determine what, if any Technical Specification LCO(s) must be entered and required actions.

LCO (s):______________________________________

ACTION: ______________________________________

PART 2 Determine and then list what, if any equipment must be protected based on the conditions given.

Page 4 of 10

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3S 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT START TIME: _______

STEP 1: Applicant locates and evaluates information contained in INITIAL ___ SAT CONDITIONS and determines that LCO 3.7.5, Condition A is NOT applicable. ___ UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant determines that 1-FCV-1-15, SG 1 STEAM SUPPLY TO T-D AFW PMP and 1-FCV-1-16, SG 4 STEAM SUPPLY TO T-D AFW PMP remain OPERABLE.

COMMENTS:

STEP 2: Applicant evaluates information contained in INITIAL CRITICAL CONDITIONS and determines that LCO 3.7.5, Condition B STEP IS applicable

___ SAT STANDARD:

Applicant determines that the isolation of the leak downstream of ___ UNSAT 1-FCV-1-17, MAIN STEAM AUX FWP HDR SUPPLY ISOL renders the TD AFW pump INOPERABLE, requiring entry into Condition B.

COMMENTS:

Page 5 of 10

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 3S 2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT EXAMINER: The CRITICAL TASK associated with Step 3 may be satisfied by the applicant indicating the information is contained on 1-PI-OPS-1-PE, PROTECTED EQUIPMENT, Page 32 of 68, TDAFW PUMP.

STEP 3: Applicant locates 1-PI-OPS-1-PE, Protected Equipment, and CRITICAL locates table pertaining to TD AFW PUMP. STEP STANDARD:

___ SAT Applicant determines the following equipment is required to be protected: ___ UNSAT 1-HS-3-118A, AFW PMP A-A on 1-M-4 1-HS-2-128A,AFW PMP B-B on 1-M-4 MDAFW PUMP 1A on AB Elev. 713; 6.9kV SD Bd 1A-A COMP 10 MD AFW PUMP 1B on AB Elev. 713; 6.9kV SD Bd 1B-B COMP 10 1-BKR-3-118 AFW PUMP 1A-A 1-BKR-3-128 AFW PUMP 1B-B 1A EDG 1B EDG 480V Diesel Aux Bd 1A1-A 480V Diesel Aux Bd 1A2-A 480V Diesel Aux Bd 1B1-B 480V Diesel Aux Bd 1B2-B COMMENTS:

STOP TIME ________

Page 6 of 10

3S Key DO NOT HAND TO APPLICANT

3-S KEY PART 1 Based on the INITIAL CONDITIONS given, determine what, if any Technical Specification LCOs must be entered.

LCO: 3.7.5, Auxiliary Feedwater (AFW) System CONDITION: B. One AFW train inoperable in MODE 1, 2, or 3 for reasons other than Condition A, restore AFW train to OPERABLE status within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> AND 10 days from discovery of failure to meet LCO.

NOTE:

The steam supplies addressed in CONDITION A are 1-FCV-1-15 and 1-FCV-1-16, which are the automatic valves from SG 1 and SG 4 respectively. The initial conditions state that the leak is downstream of 1-FCV-1-17, a steam isolation valve. Entry into CONDITION A is incorrect.

PART 2 Determine and then list what, if any equipment must be protected based on the conditions given.

The applicant determines equipment needing to be protected using 1-PI-OPS-1-PE, Protected Equipment, Rev 15 Page 32 of 68, Table TD AFWP.

AFW System 3.7.5 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS 3.7.5 Auxiliary Feedwater (AFW) System LCO 3.7.5 Three AFW trains shall be OPERABLE.


NOTE---------------------------------------------------

Only one AFW train, which includes a motor driven pump, is required to be OPERABLE in MODE 4.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3, MODE 4 when steam generator is relied upon for heat removal.

ACTIONS


NOTE----------------------------------------------------------------

LCO 3.0.4.b is not applicable when entering MODE 1.

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One steam supply to turbine A.1 Restore steam supply to 7 days driven AFW pump inoperable. OPERABLE status.

AND 10 days from discovery of failure to meet the LCO B. One AFW train inoperable in B.1 Restore AFW train to 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> MODE 1, 2 or 3 for reasons OPERABLE status.

other than Condition A. AND 10 days from discovery of failure to meet the LCO (continued)

Watts Bar-Unit 1 3.7-11 Amendment 55

WBN Protected Equipment 1-PI-OPS-1-PE Unit 1 Rev. 0015 Page 32 of 68 Attachment 2 (Page 19 of 25)

Protected Equipment Log (Modes 1 through 4)

Degraded/ OOS Component TDAFW PUMP Protected Component Location Date Installed Date Removed Comments 1-HS-3-118A 1-M-4 AFW PMP A-A 1-HS-3-128A 1-M-4 AFW PMP B-B MDAFW PUMP 1A AUX BLDG ELEV 713 MDAFW PUMP 1B AUX BLDG ELEV 713 1-BKR-3-118 6.9kV SD Bd 1A-A AFW PUMP 1A-A COMP 10 1-BKR-3-128 6.9kV SD Bd 1B-B AFW PUMP 1B-B COMP 10 1A EDG Per Attachment 2 1B EDG Per Attachment 2 480V Diesel Aux Bd 1A1-A DGB ELEV 760 480V Diesel Aux Bd 1A2-A DGB ELEV 760 480V Diesel Aux Bd 1B1-B DGB ELEV 760 480V Diesel Aux Bd 1B2-B DGB ELEV 760

3S Handout Package for Applicant

APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

3. Unit 1 is in MODE 1, 100% power.
4. A steam leak downstream of 1-FCV-1-17, MAIN STEAM AUX FWP HDR SUPPLY ISOL has developed and was subsequently isolated.

INITIATING CUES:

PART 1 Based on the INITIAL CONDITIONS given, determine what, if any Technical Specification LCO(s) must be entered and required actions.

LCO (s):______________________________________

ACTION: ______________________________________

PART 2 Determine and then list what, if any equipment must be protected based on the conditions given.

3S

Watts Bar Nuclear Plant 2015301 NRC EXAM Administrative JPM 4

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 4

2015-301 NRC EXAM EVALUATION SHEET Task: CALCULATE THE MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE STAY TIME WITHIN EMERGENCY DOSE LIMITS Alternate Path: n/a Facility JPM #: New Safety Function: N/A

Title:

Radiation Control K/A 2.3.4 Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.

Rating(s): 3.2/3.7 CFR: 41.12/43.4/45.10 Evaluation Method: Simulator In-Plant Classroom X

References:

EPIP-15, Emergency Exposure Guidelines, Rev. 16.

Task Number: AUO-119-SSP-5.01-001

Title:

Control personnel radiation exposure.

Task Standard: The applicant:

1. Calculates the dose expected for Task #1 through Task #3.
2. Determines that Tasks #1 through #3 can be performed without exceeding equipment protection emergency dose limits.
3. Calculates the maximum allowable stay time for Task #4 to be 18 minutes.

Validation Time: 18 minutes Time Critical: Yes No X

=============================================================================

Applicant: ___________________________ _________________ Time Start: ________

NAME Docket No. Time Finish: ________

Performance Rating: SAT ____ UNSAT ____ Performance Time ___

Examiner: _____________________________ _____________________________/________

NAME SIGNATURE DATE

==============================================================================

COMMENTS Page 2 of 12

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 4

2015-301 NRC EXAM Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

  • Laptop Computer.
  • NRC REFERENCE DISK.
  • NOTE: This JPM is designed to be performed in a classroom with procedures available to the applicant via a laptop computer loaded with the NRC REFERENCE DISK.

Page 3 of 12

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 4

2015-301 NRC EXAM DIRECTIONS TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions and state the task to be performed. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the cue sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on Unit 1.
2. 1A RHR Pump is air bound and must be vented per 1-AOI-14, Loss of RHR Shutdown Cooling.
3. The TSC has requested that 1B-B RHR Pump motor bearing oil levels be checked and filled as required after restoring 1A-A RHR Pump, suggests using the same Repair Team.
4. The tasks are listed in the table below, and estimated times (including transit to and from location) and dose rates have been provided.
5. Each Task must be performed in the order listed.
6. The equipment protection emergency dose limit is 10 REM.
7. You have been selected to perform the task.

(Continued on next page)

Page 4 of 12

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 4

2015-301 NRC EXAM INITIATING CUES:

The Site Emergency Director (SED) directs you to perform the following with the information provided:

1. Calculate the expected dose for tasks 1 through 3 and document the results in the TABLE.

Time Dose Expected Task # Location/Task Description allowed/reqd Rate Dose (minutes) (R/hr) 1 Elevation 676 1A-A RHR Pump Room /Close RHR pump 10 3 discharge isolation valve 1-ISV-74-520 2 #4 Accumulator Room / Vent common suction piping 1-TV 20 18 543, 1-TV-74-504 3 Elevation 676 1A-A RHR Pump Room /Vent 1A-A RHR Pump 40 3 discharge piping and pump casing and open RHR pump discharge isolation valve 1-ISV-74-520 4 Elevation 676 1B-B RHR Pump Room / Inspect 1B-B RHR pump 5 motor bearing oil levels and fill as required.

2. Answer the following:
  • Can you perform Tasks #1 through #3 without exceeding the equipment protection emergency dose limit? (Circle one)

YES / NO

  • IF YES, then enter the permitted stay time for Task #4.
  • IF NO, then state the highest sequential task # that can be performed, if any.

Page 5 of 12

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 4

2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT START TIME: _______

STEP 1: Applicant calculates the EXPECTED DOSE for CRITICAL Tasks #1 through #3. STEP STANDARD: ___ SAT Applicant determines the following: ___ UNSAT EXPECTED DOSE for TASK # 1 (10 minutes/60 minutes/hour) x 3 R/hr = 0.5 R EXPECTED DOSE for TASK #2 (20 minutes/60 minutes/hr) x 18 R/hr = 6.0 R EXPECTED DOSE for TASK #3 (40 minutes/60 minutes/hr) x 3 R/hr = 2.0 R TOTAL EXPECTED DOSE for TASKS #1, #2 and #3 is 8.5 R.

COMMENTS:

STEP 2: Applicant answers the question Can you perform Tasks #1 CRITICAL through #3 without exceeding the equipment protection STEP emergency dose limit? ___ SAT STANDARD: ___ UNSAT Applicant circles YES on the APPLICANT CUE SHEET.

COMMENTS:

Page 6 of 12

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 4

2015-301 NRC EXAM STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT STEP 3: Applicant determines stay time limit for Task #4 must be less CRITICAL than or equal to 18 minutes. STEP STANDARD:

Applicant subtracts 8.5 R from the limit of 10 R and determines the ___ SAT remaining dose to be 1.5 R.

Applicant divides 1.5 R by 5 R/hr (the expected dose for Task #4) and ___ UNSAT determines the stay time to be 0.3 hrs. Applicant multiplies 0.3 hr x 60 minutes/hr and determines a maximum stay time of 18 minutes for Task

  1. 4.

Applicant enters 18 minutes for permitted stay time for Task #4.

COMMENTS:

STOP TIME ________

Page 7 of 12

3S Key DO NOT HAND TO APPLICANT

2015-301 NRC EXAM JPM 4 KEY

1. Calculate the expected dose for tasks 1 through 3 and document the results in the TABLE.

Time Dose Expected Task # Location/Task Description allowed/reqd Rate Dose (minutes) (R/hr) 1 Elevation 676 1A-A RHR Pump Room /Close RHR pump 10 3 0.5 discharge isolation valve 1-ISV-74-520 2 #4 Accumulator Room / Vent common suction piping 1-TV 20 18 6 543, 1-TV-74-504 3 Elevation 676 1A-A RHR Pump Room /Vent 1A-A RHR Pump 40 3 2.5 discharge piping and pump casing and open RHR pump discharge isolation valve 1-ISV-74-520 4 Elevation 676 1B-B RHR Pump Room / Inspect 1B-B RHR pump 18 5 1.5 motor bearing oil levels and fill as required.

2. Answer the following:
  • Can you perform Tasks #1 through #3 without exceeding the equipment protection emergency dose limit? (Circle one)
  • YES / NO
  • IF YES, then enter the permitted stay time for Task #4. 18 MINUTES .
  • IF NO, then state the highest sequential task # that can be performed, if any. N/A .

4 Handout Package for Applicant

APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on Unit 1.
2. 1A RHR Pump is air bound and must be vented per 1-AOI-14, Loss of RHR Shutdown Cooling.
3. The TSC has requested that 1B-B RHR Pump motor bearing oil levels be checked and filled as required after restoring 1A-A RHR Pump, suggests using the same Repair Team.
4. The tasks are listed in the table below, and estimated times (including transit to and from location) and dose rates have been provided.
5. Each Task must be performed in the order listed.
6. The equipment protection emergency dose limit is 10 REM.
7. You have been selected to perform the task.

(Continued on next page) 4

APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIATING CUES:

The Site Emergency Director (SED) directs you to perform the following with the information provided:

1. Calculate the expected dose for tasks 1 through 3 and document the results in the TABLE.

Time Dose Expected Task # Location/Task Description allowed/reqd Rate Dose (minutes) (R/hr) 1 Elevation 676 1A-A RHR Pump Room /Close RHR pump 10 3 discharge isolation valve 1-ISV-74-520 2 #4 Accumulator Room / Vent common suction piping 1-TV 20 18 543, 1-TV-74-504 3 Elevation 676 1A-A RHR Pump Room /Vent 1A-A RHR Pump 40 3 discharge piping and pump casing and open RHR pump discharge isolation valve 1-ISV-74-520 4 Elevation 676 1B-B RHR Pump Room / Inspect 1B-B RHR pump 5 motor bearing oil levels and fill as required.

2. Answer the following:
  • Can you perform Tasks #1 through #4 without exceeding the equipment protection emergency dose limit? (Circle one)

YES / NO

  • IF YES, then enter the permitted stay time for Task #4.
  • IF NO, then state the highest sequential task # that can be performed, if any.

4

Watts Bar Nuclear Plant NRC EXAM 2015301 Administrative JPM 5

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 5

NRC EXAM 2015-301 EVALUATION SHEET Task: CLASSIFY THE EVENT - SITE AREA EMERGENCY Alternate Path: n/a Facility JPM #: Modified Safety Function: N/A

Title:

Emergency Procedures / Plan K/A 2.4.39 Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications.

Rating(s): 2.9/4.6 CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.11 Evaluation Method: Simulator In-Plant Classroom X*

References:

EPIP-1, Emergency Plan Classification Flowpath, Rev. 42.

EPIP-2, Notification of Unusual Event, Rev.34.

EPIP-3, Alert, Rev. 40.

EPIP-4, Site Area Emergency, Rev. 38.

EPIP-5, General Emergency, Rev. 44.

Task Number: SRO-113-EPIP-001

Title:

Classify emergency events requiring Emergency Plan implementation.

Task Standard: The applicant:

1. Classifies the event as a SITE AREA EMERGENCY within 15 minutes of the Start Time.
2. EPIP-4, Site Area Emergency, Appendix A, Site Area Emergency Initial Notification Form is marked correctly per the supplied KEY.

Validation Time: 20 minutes Time Critical: Yes X No

==================================================================================

EVALUATION SHEET Applicant: ___________________________ _________________ Time Start: ________

NAME Docket No. Time Finish: ________

Performance Rating: SAT ____ UNSAT ____ Performance Time ___

Examiner: _____________________________ _____________________________/________

NAME SIGNATURE DATE

==================================================================================

COMMENTS Page 2 of 10

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 5

NRC EXAM 2015-301 Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

  • NRC REFERENCE DISK.
  • NOTE: This JPM is designed to be performed in a classroom with procedures available to the applicant via a laptop computer loaded with the NRC REFERENCE DISK.

EXAMINER: Multiple copies of each of the following forms will be available for use by the applicants:

EPIP-2, Notification of Unusual Even, Appendix A, Notification of Unusual Event Initial Notification Form, and Appendix B, State of Tennessee Notification.

EPIP-3, Alert, Appendix A, Alert Notification Form, and Appendix B, State of Tennessee Notification.

EPIP-4, Site Area Emergency, Appendix A, Site Area Emergency Initial Notification Form, and Appendix B, State of Tennessee Notification.

EPIP-5, General Emergency, Appendix A, General Emergency Initial Notification Form, Appendix B, State of Tennessee Notification, and Appendix H, Initial - Protective Action Recommendations.

Page 3 of 10

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 5

NRC EXAM 2015-301 READ TO THE APPLICANT:

DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions and state the task to be performed. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the cue sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 1 is at 100% power.
2. You are the Shift Manager.
3. Windows 166-E, SEISMIC RECORDER INITIATED and 166-D, OBE SPECTRA EXCEEDED are LIT.
4. Reports from Site Security confirm that an earthquake was felt on site.
5. The Auxiliary Building AUO reports that Gas Decay tank H was full and has suddenly depressurized.
6. An initial dose assessment has been performed using the ICS computer and the following results are predicted at the exclusion area boundary (EAB):

TEDE: 115 mrem/hr Thyroid CDE: 440 mrem/hr INITIATING CUES:

1. You are to evaluate conditions provided, and then determine the proper event classification(s), if any.
2. If needed, after you have classified the event(s), fill out the appropriate form(s) which are used to make the initial notification to the Operations Duty Specialist (ODS).
3. This JPM contains time critical elements.

Page 4 of 10

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 5

NRC EXAM 2015-301 STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT START TIME: _______

STEP 1: Classifies the event as a SITE AREA EMERGENCY within CRITICAL 15 minutes of the Start Time. STEP STANDARD: ___ SAT Applicant refers to EPIP-1, Section 5, Destructive Phenomenon, 5.1, ___ UNSAT Earthquake.

Applicant determines that the following conditions exist:

  • Both Window 166-D, OBE SPECTRA EXCEEDED and Window 166-E, SEISMIC RECORDING INITIATED are LIT, AND
  • Reports from personnel internal and external to the main control room have been received that ground motion has been sensed.

Based on Emergency Class Criteria, the applicant determines this event is an ALERT.

Applicant refers to EPIP-1, Section 7, RADIOLOGICAL, 7.1, Gaseous Effluent.

Applicant determines that the following exist under 7.1 Gaseous Effluents:

Condition 1 has NOT been exceeded.

Condition 2 has NOT been exceeded.

The initial dose assessment indicates that the >100 mrem/hr TEDE value HAS been exceeded.

Based on Emergency Class Criteria, the applicant determines the need to declare an SITE AREA EMERGENCY.

Criteria to meet the critical step is for the EALs to be correctly identified and the declaration made within 15 minutes.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Time Declaration Made: ________________

COMMENTS:

Page 5 of 10

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 5

NRC EXAM 2015-301 STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT STEP 2: Completes EPIP-4, Site Area Emergency, Appendix A, Site CRITICAL Area Emergency Initial Notification Form. STEP STANDARD: ___ SAT Applicant completes EPIP-4, SITE AREA EMERGENCY, Appendix A, ___ UNSAT Site Area Emergency Initial Notification Form.

Step is critical to ensure the correct information is communicated to outside agencies.

COMMENTS:

STEP 3: EPIP-4, Site Area Emergency, Appendix A, Site Area CRITICAL Emergency Initial Notification Form, is marked correctly. STEP STANDARD: ___ SAT Applicant completes EPIP-4, SITE AREA EMERGENCY, Appendix A, ___ UNSAT Site Area Emergency Initial Notification Form, per the attached key.

Critical elements that must appear on Appendix A form:

Item 1 - Marked as a Drill or Actual Item 3 - EAL Designator - 7.1 (Gaseous Effluent)

Item 5. - Time and Date that applicant declared the event.

Completed by (SED): Block signed by applicant.

COMMENTS:

STOP TIME ________

Page 6 of 10

5 S KEY DO NOT HAND TO APPLICANT Page 7 of 10

2015-301 NRC EXAM WBN Emergency Plan Classification Logic EPIP-1 Unit 0 Rev. 0042 Page 38 of 54 JPM 5 Attachment 5 (Page 3 of 7)

KEY 5.1 Earthquake 5.2 Tornado Mode Initiating/Condition Mode Initiating/Condition G

Refer to Fission Product Barrier Matrix Refer to Fission Product Barrier Matrix" E

N E

R A

L S

Refer to Fission Product Barrier Matrix Refer to Fission Product Barrier Matrix I

T E

All Earthquake detected by site seismic All Tornado or High Winds strikes any structure instrumentation (1 and 2) listed in Table 5-1 and results in VISIBLE DAMAGE (1 and 2)

1. (a and b)
1. Tornado or High Winds (Sustained >80 mph
a. Ann.166 D indicates OBE Spectra > one minute) strikes any structure listed in Exceeded" Table 5-1 A b. Ann.166 E indicates Seismic 2. (a or b)

L Recording Initiated E a. Confirmed report of any VISIBLE

2. (a or b) DAMAGE R

T a. Ground motion sensed by Plant b. Control Room indications of degraded personnel Safety System or component response

b. National Earthquake Information due to event Center at 1-(303) 273-8500 can Note: Site Met Data Instrumentation fails to 0 at confirm the event. >100 mph. National Weather Service Morristown 1-(423) 586-8400 can provide additional information if needed.

U All Earthquake detected by site seismic All Tornado within the SITE PERIMETER N

instrumentation (1 and 2)

U 1. Plant personnel report a Tornado has been S 1. Ann. 166 E indicator Seismic Recording sighted within the SITE PERIMETER (Refer U Initiated to Figure 5-A)

A L 2. (a or b)

a. Ground motion sensed by Plant personnel E

V b. National Earthquake Information E Center at 1-(303) 273-8500 can N confirm the event.

T

2015-301 NRC EXAM WBN Emergency Plan Classification Logic EPIP-1 Unit 0 Rev. 0042 Page 49 of 54 JPM 5 Attachment 7 (Page 3 of 8)

KEY 7.1 Gaseous Effluents 7.2 Liquid Effluents Mode Initiating/Condition Mode Initiating/Condition All EAB dose resulting from an actual or imminent Not Applicable release of Gaseous Radioactivity that exceeds 1000 mrem TEDE or 5000 mrem Thyroid CDE for the actual or projected duration of the release (1 or 2 or 3)

G 1. A VALID Rad monitor reading exceeds the values E under General in Table 7-1 for >15 minutes, unless N assessment within this time period confirms that the E Criterion is Not exceeded.

R A 2. Field survey results indicate >1000 mrem/hr L gamma or an I-131 concentration of 3.9E-6 Ci/cc at SP

3. EP dose assessment results indicate EAB dose

>1000 mrem TEDE or >5000 mrem Thyroid CDE for the actual or projected duration of the release (Figure 7-A)

All EAB dose resulting from an actual or imminent Not Applicable release of Gaseous Radioactivity that exceeds 100 mrem TEDE or 500 mrem Thyroid CDE for the actual or projected duration of the release (1 or 2 or 3)

1. A VALID Rad monitor reading exceeds the values S under Site in Table 7-1 for >15 minutes, unless I assessment within this time period confirms that the T Criterion is Not exceeded E
2. Field survey results indicate >100 mrem/hr gamma or an I-131 concentration of 3.9E-7 Ci/cc at SP
3. EP dose assessment results indicate EAB dose

>100 mrem TEDE or >500 mrem Thyroid CDE for the actual or projected duration of the release (Figure 7-A)

All Any UNPLANNED release of Gaseous Radioactivity All Any UNPLANNED release of Liquid Radioactivity that exceeds 200 times the ODCM Limit for that exceeds 200 times the ODCM Limit for

>15 minutes (1 or 2 or 3) >15 minutes (1 or 2)

1. A VALID Rad monitor reading exceeds the values A under Alert in Table 7-1 for >15 minutes, unless 1. A VALID Rad monitor reading exceeds the values L assessment within this time period confirms that the under Alert in Table 7-1 for >15 minutes, unless E Criterion is Not exceeded assessment within this time period confirms that the R Criterion is Not exceeded.

T 2. Field survey results indicate >10 mrem/hr gamma at SP >15 minutes 2. Sample results exceed 200 times the ODCM limit value for an unmonitored release of liquid

3. EP dose assessment results indicate EAB dose radioactivity >15 minutes in duration

>10 mrem TEDE for the duration of the release (Figure 7-A)

U All Any UNPLANNED release of Gaseous Radioactivity All Any UNPLANNED release of Liquid Radioactivity to N that exceeds 2 times the ODCM Limit for the Environment that exceeds 2 times the ODCM U >60 minutes (1 or 2 or 3) Limit for >60 minutes (1 or 2)

S

1. A VALID Rad monitor reading exceeds the values 1. A VALID Rad monitor reading exceeds the values U

under UE in Table 7-1 for >60 minutes, unless under UE in Table 7-1 for >60 minutes, unless A assessment within this time period confirms that the assessment within this time period confirms that the L Criterion is Not exceeded Criterion is Not exceeded.

2. Field survey results indicate >0.1 mrem/hr gamma 2. Sample results exceed 2 times the ODCM limit at SP for >60 minutes value for an unmonitored release of liquid E

radioactivity >60 minutes in duration V 3. EP dose assessment results indicate EAB dose E >0.1 mrem TEDE for the duration of the release N (Figure 7-A)

T

2015-301 NRC EXAM WBN Unit 0 Site Area Emergency EPIP-4 Rev. 0038 Page 15 of 28 JPM 5 Appendix A (Page 1 of 1)

Site Area Emergency Initial Notification Form CRITICAL ONE BOX MUST BE CHECKED 1. X This is a Drill KEY X This is an Actual Event - Repeat - This is an Actual Event

2. The SED at Watts Bar has declared a Site Area Emergency CRITICAL 3. EAL Designator: 7.1 (Gaseous Effluent)
4. Radiological Conditions: (Check one under both Airborne and Liquid column.)

Airborne Releases Offsite Liquid Releases Offsite Minor releases within federally approved Minor releases within federally approved limits1 limits1 Releases above federally approved limits1 Releases above federally approved limits1 Release information not known Release information not known (1Tech Specs/ODCM) (1Tech Specs/ODCM)

CRITICAL 5. Event Declared: NOW Time:________________ TODAY Date:__________________

Eastern Time

6. Provide Protective Action Recommendation: None CRITICAL Completed By (SED) _______________________________________

APPLICANT'S NAME Peer Checked By: _______________________________________

5S BLANK FORMS Page 8 of 10

WBN Notification of Unusual Event EPIP-2 Unit 0 Rev. 0034 Page 14 of 24 Appendix A (Page 1 of 1)

Notification of Unusual Event Initial Notification Form

1. This is a Drill This is an Actual Event - Repeat - This is an Actual Event
2. The SED at Watts Bar has declared a NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT.
3. EAL Designator: _____________________________(USE ONLY ONE EAL DESIGNATOR)
4. Radiological Conditions: (Check one under both Airborne and Liquid column.)

Airborne Releases Offsite Liquid Releases Offsite Minor releases within federally approved limits1 Minor releases within federally approved limits1 Releases above federally approved limits1 Releases above federally approved limits1 Release information not known Release information not known (1Tech Specs/ODCM) (1Tech Specs/ODCM)

5. Event Declared: Time:________________ Date:__________________

Eastern Time

6. Protective Action Recommendation: None Completed By (SED) ________________________________________

Peer Checked By: ________________________________________

WBN Alert EPIP-3 Unit 0 Rev. 0040 Page 15 of 30 Appendix A (Page 1 of 1)

Alert Initial Notification Form

1. This is a Drill This is an Actual Event - Repeat - This is an Actual Event
2. The SED at Watts Bar has declared an ALERT
3. EAL Designator: ________________________________
4. Radiological Conditions: (Check one under both Airborne and Liquid column.)

Airborne Releases Offsite Liquid Releases Offsite Minor releases within federally approved limits1 Minor releases within federally approved limits1 Releases above federally approved limits1 Releases above federally approved limits1 Release information not known Release information not known (1Tech Specs/ODCM) (1Tech Specs/ODCM)

5. Event Declared: Time:________________ Date:__________________

Eastern Time

6. Protective Action Recommendation: None Completed by (SED): ____________________________________________

Peer checked by: ____________________________________________

WBN Site Area Emergency EPIP-4 Unit 0 Rev. 0038 Page 15 of 28 Appendix A (Page 1 of 1)

Site Area Emergency Initial Notification Form

1. This is a Drill This is an Actual Event - Repeat - This is an Actual Event
2. The SED at Watts Bar has declared a Site Area Emergency
3. EAL Designator: ________________________________
4. Radiological Conditions: (Check one under both Airborne and Liquid column.)

Airborne Releases Offsite Liquid Releases Offsite Minor releases within federally approved Minor releases within federally approved limits1 limits1 Releases above federally approved limits1 Releases above federally approved limits1 Release information not known Release information not known (1Tech Specs/ODCM) (1Tech Specs/ODCM)

5. Event Declared: Time:________________ Date:__________________

Eastern Time

6. Provide Protective Action Recommendation: None Completed By (SED) _______________________________________

Peer Checked By: _______________________________________

WBN General Emergency EPIP-5 Unit 0 Rev. 0044 Page 15 of 37 Appendix A (Page 1 of 2)

General Emergency Initial Notification Form Protective Action Recommendation Worksheet

1. Determine the correct PAR using the PAR diagram (Appendix H)

Recommendation 1 Recommendation 2

  • Shelter 2 mile radius
  • Shelter 5 mile radius
  • Shelter 5 miles downwind Recommendation 3 Recommendation 4
  • Evacuate 2 mile radius
  • Evacuate 2 mile radius
  • Shelter 5 miles downwind
  • Evacuate 5 miles downwind
  • Shelter 10 miles downwind Recommendation 5 Recommendation 6
  • Evacuate 2 mile radius and all sectors greater
  • Evacuate 2 mile radius than Protective Action Guidelines (PAG)
  • Evacuate 5 miles downwind
2. Identify the affected sectors using the table below Wind direction From (46 meters): ___________________ degrees 2 Mile Radius 5 Mile Radius Sectors 5 Mile Downwind Wind 10 Mile Downwind Sectors Sectors Sectors Direction From C7, D2, D4, D5 26°- 68° C9, D6, D7, D8, D9 A3, D2, D4, D5 69°- 110° A4, D3,D6, D7, D8, D9 A2, A3, D2, D5 111°- 170° A4, A5, A6, A7, D3, D6 A1, B1, C1, D1, A2, B2, C2, D2, A3, B4, A2, A3, B2, B4, C2 171°- 230° A5, A6, A7, B3, B5 A1, B1, C1, D1 C4, C5, C7, C8, D4, D5 B2, B4, C2 B5, C3 231°- 270° B2, C2, C4, C5 271°- 325° B3,C3, C6, C11 C2, C4, C5, C7, C8, 326°- 25° C6, C9, C10, C11, D9 D4
3. Use the above information to complete page 2 of this appendix.

WBN General Emergency EPIP-5 Unit 0 Rev. 0044 Page 16 of 37 Appendix A (Page 2 of 2)

General Emergency Initial Notification Form

1. This is a Drill This is an Actual Event - Repeat - This is an Actual Event
2. The SED at Watts Bar has declared a GENERAL EMERGENCY
3. EAL Designator:_______________________(Use only one EAL)
4. Radiological Conditions: (Check one under both Airborne and Liquid column.)

Airborne Releases Offsite Liquid Releases Offsite 1

Minor releases within federally approved limits Minor releases within federally approved limits1 1

Releases above federally approved limits Releases above federally approved limits1 Release information not known Release information not known (1Tech Specs/ODCM) (1Tech Specs/ODCM)

5. Event Declared: Time:__________________ Date:_____________________
6. The Meteorological Conditions are: (Use 46 meter data from the Met Tower. IF data is NOT available from the MET tower, contact the National Weather Service by dialing 9-1-423-586-8400. The National Weather Service will provide wind direction and wind speed.)

Wind Direction is FROM:_____________ degrees Wind Speed: ______________ mph (15 minute average) (15 minute average)

7. Provide Protective Action Recommendation utilizing Appendix H: (Check all Sectors as appropriate)

A) AFFECTED SECTORS Evacuate 2 Mile A1 B1 C1 D1 5 Mile A2 A3 B2 B4 C2 C4 C5 C7 C8 D2 D4 D5 A4 A5 A6 A7 B3 B5 C3 C6 C9 C10 C11 D3 10 Mile D6 D7 D8 D9 Shelter (do not check sectors evacuated above) 2 Mile A1 B1 C1 D1 5 Mile A2 A3 B2 B4 C2 C4 C5 C7 C8 D2 D4 D5 A4 A5 A6 A7 B3 B5 C3 C6 C9 C10 C11 D3 10 Mile D6 D7 D8 D9 B) ALL OTHER SECTORS MONITOR AND PREPARE.

C) CONSIDER ISSUANCE OF KI IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STATE PLAN.

Completed by (SED)______________ Peer Checked by ________________

WBN General Emergency EPIP-5 Unit 0 Rev. 0044 Page 31 of 37 Appendix H (Page 1 of 2)

Protective Action Recommendation Flow Chart

WBN General Emergency EPIP-5 Unit 0 Rev. 0044 Page 32 of 37 Appendix H (Page 2 of 2)

Protective Action Recommendation Flow Chart

5S Handout Package for Applicant

APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 1 is at 100% power.
2. You are the Shift Manager.
3. Windows 166-E, SEISMIC RECORDER INITIATED and 166-D, OBE SPECTRA EXCEEDED are LIT.
4. Reports from Site Security confirm that an earthquake was felt on site.
5. The Auxiliary Building AUO reports that Gas Decay tank H was full and has suddenly depressurized.
6. An initial dose assessment has been performed using the ICS computer and the following results are predicted at the exclusion area boundary (EAB):

TEDE: 115 mrem/hr Thyroid CDE: 440 mrem/hr INITIATING CUES:

1. You are to evaluate conditions provided, and then determine the proper event classification(s), if any.
2. If needed, after you have classified the event(s), fill out the appropriate form(s) which are used to make the initial notification to the Operations Duty Specialist (ODS).
3. This JPM contains time critical elements.

5